Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D12-183 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - TCBY - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
TCBY 1119 SOUTh CENTER MALL D12 -183 City Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -43 1 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 -431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 1119 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: TCBY Permit Number: D12 -183 Issue Date: 07/19/2012 Permit Expires On: 01/15/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: BRET RYAN Address: 16435 N SCOTTSDALE RD, #195 , SCOTTSDALE AZ 85254 Contractor: Name: SAYBR CONTRACTORS INC Address: 3852 S 66 ST , TACOMA WA 98409 Contractor License No: SAYBRCI033L7 Lender: Name: Address: Phone: 480 998 -4200 Phone: 206 - 439 -2144 Expiration Date: 06/14/2014 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT: TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR A NEW SELF SERVE YOGURT SHOP - INCLUDING FINISHES. CONNECT SANITARY SEWER TO OUTSIDE GREASE INTERCEPTOR (OR) INSTALL AN INSIDE GREASE TRAP. TO BE INSTALLED AS PART OF PLUMBING PERMIT PG 12 -110. Value of Construction: $120,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,705.39 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -183 Printed: 07 -19 -2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: N N • Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Fill 0 c.y. End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: N - a - Date: � (9- 0- I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: 2 Date: - (Z. Print Name: -e1 '!Q`' "" Gt This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -183 Printed: 07 -19 -2012 7: All construction shall be done in conform with the approved plans and the requireme f the International Building Code or International Residential International Mechanical Code, Washingto a Energy Code. 8: All food preparation establishments must have Seattle /King County Department of Public Health sign -off prior to opening or doing any food processing. Arrangements for final Health Department inspection shall be made by calling Seattle /King County Department of Public Health, (206/296- 4928), at least three working days prior to desired inspection date. On work requiring Health Department approval, it is the contractor's responsibility to have a set of plans approved by the agency on the job site. 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 12: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 13: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 16: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 22: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 23: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 24: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -183 Printed: 07 -19 -2012 1008.1.8.1) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet t e requirements of the International Fire Code. (1Fi, Chapter 10) 26: Gates serving the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of the International Fire Code. Gates used as a component in a means of egress shall conform to the applicable requirements for doors. (IFC 1008.2) 27: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 28: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 29: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 30: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 31: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and /or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 32: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 33: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 34: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 35: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 36: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 37: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 38: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -183 Printed: 07 -19 -2012 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov ■ Building Permit N�. :•Project No. • • .Date Application Accepted: Date:Application Expires: : (For office us0Only)., CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** ';SITELOCATIONk. • King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: 6953 %.PRA,C_EKJ-Ter-- Ic.A) O. Suite Number: D3 4' Floor: 1 New Tenant: 12I Yes 0 ..No Tenant Name: -r-e-P7y ?:.CO.INT kg' T:rMISON.7-. :-.c9Pub.i.liliatiet17'....,,:7";.'.,,,,i,, —. Name: c......— I ff.t16—) Address:1,qi .- N , co-rr-5 dik(c p.4.'P (15— Name: 740 772-ialjP / (_LL_ Fax: Phone: 4/ 8c9 . 9?8 -Li Zoo eito -`n5-7ZZ3 Address:crz3 . r5t5).1,1, PL . iki e J State: ,R11.p6.-. ".5( &Or) City: reittifoxito State: AI Pr , A L Zip:Sorz_ ?:.CO.INT kg' T:rMISON.7-. :-.c9Pub.i.liliatiet17'....,,:7";.'.,,,,i,, —. Name: c......— I ff.t16—) Address:1,qi .- N , co-rr-5 dik(c p.4.'P (15— zip:84..2,9f City: 4..iff_ clJt C4,---- State: et- i Fax: Phone: 4/ 8c9 . 9?8 -Li Zoo eito -`n5-7ZZ3 Email: b 6egt- gota44... as- p---(srr,t.... , ctot-1 HAApplicationsAFarms- Applicallons On LintA20 I I ApplIcationstPermit Application Revised. 8.9-I I.doc Revised: August 2011 bh Company Name: FITZA, Architect Name: f:eVi#J Ev---o-tv Im h-t Address: 1 4.4 s__ 4) . 4697.1.4.6e-pcpie Company Name: Nor_ K...41/4.104., it j Phone: Fax: (-180-990-irao ci.gb -qqb-7z---6- Address: J State: ,R11.p6.-. ".5( &Or) City: State: a • Pp-291-841 ( Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: HAApplicationsAFarms- Applicallons On LintA20 I I ApplIcationstPermit Application Revised. 8.9-I I.doc Revised: August 2011 bh ,, ... . . . tEN.DER/BpIN DI:ISS UED (requirea.to:efr:Ojeei;s' .t.5,11d-Bwii,';'.1 i :treatr.per RCW49:4.7.995) , -;,.....,:..,..,,,,,,,•,..-::.:,..:f1,7-',..,..;gS;fgil'.,:'.:: . Company Name: FITZA, Architect Name: f:eVi#J Ev---o-tv Im h-t Address: 1 4.4 s__ 4) . 4697.1.4.6e-pcpie City: 46.67re:IA cc- State: A Zip,E9c-z6,...t1 Phone: Fax: (-180-990-irao ci.gb -qqb-7z---6- Email: 6v024,0(.mit_e 0 rira, .6,,,,,,i ,, ... . . . tEN.DER/BpIN DI:ISS UED (requirea.to:efr:Ojeei;s' .t.5,11d-Bwii,';'.1 i :treatr.per RCW49:4.7.995) , -;,.....,:..,..,,,,,,,•,..-::.:,..:f1,7-',..,..;gS;fgil'.,:'.:: . Name: Address: Company Name: [7t)i1/4J f"65-/VA/ Engineer Name: RNLI F)°-NA"1 / -4/ct Address: 41 (935 Ne57-0*--r PA-. City: J State: ,R11.p6.-. ".5( &Or) Phone: P, Oti —e-/ID-Z8 a • Pp-291-841 ( Email: ,--- ,, ... . . . tEN.DER/BpIN DI:ISS UED (requirea.to:efr:Ojeei;s' .t.5,11d-Bwii,';'.1 i :treatr.per RCW49:4.7.995) , -;,.....,:..,..,,,,,,,•,..-::.:,..:f1,7-',..,..;gS;fgil'.,:'.:: . Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Page I of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 431 -3670 00 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ I ZCtEt0 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Te7 iki -TI- tP12«,e ri-er d NEra Cif'Fs e-t(e' i2--r ' L p - /ive.1. '!IJl‘jl..o_d Mies. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes ,No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage; Below ,` v ; Existing lnteior•Remodel A'ddtwnto i s.ExlstTg,•i, •Stuucturet-� , ,a r 4 : TyQe of '''''.4 Constiuctton per 4�IBC i.. hype of T - < O6c pnyP,er `" 1BR r; IiFloor &'5V T_g M :3-20i IoorC� °•1:'i -,� ,�i�.,ta°{�r',vsi >•? 4'- .e4>r ,.: 3`°Floor�` °fir FJo3ot's, v3/4 Sthru ` L +J • .a icdr A''.'"' , rBasemeent + ;- `!':jr gJAccesory Spirt.... iViaet gil(3ar``age yy Dh fetscd Ga}r ag e;f 64t45jtkIXa'' ' E • r 4:-..17,..i', rlrei„ayyched Carport 4 `f t'QO,vere°d' Deck> 1 { Uncoveretl Deck "' PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ):2-' No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS:tc.ir,� -q L. Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ 1 None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes If No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ ..... .. On -site Septic System - For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ Applications \Forms- Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Pemui Application Revised - B -A I I.docv Revised: August 2011 bit Page 2 of 4 Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHOR ZED AGENT: Signature: Date: Print Name: ''f' oti ti e� n /� Day Telephone: e`BD we --quo Mailing Address: 'riiz . /6ek5 M. C deftrSd/l et' lC /Tt 5-4e4 p 4 kz. ect,j City (State Zip H: \Applications\Foma- Applications On Line\201 I Applical ions \Permit Application Revised - 8.9.11.doco Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -43 1 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D12 -183 Address: 1119 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 05/30/2012 Applicant: TCBY Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -02161 Payment Amount: $1,641.40 Initials: WER Payment Date: 07/19/2012 09:00 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: VING ZHANG TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 01919G ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 1,641.40 Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,641.40 1,636.90 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 07 -19 -2012 Cit.of Tukwila. • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa. us SET RECEIPT Copy Reprinted on 05 -30 -2012 at 13:05:18 05/30/2012 RECEIPT NO: R12 -01730 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 05/30/2012 User ID: 1165 Total Payment: 1,247.04 Payee: YING RU ZHANG, ZW TRILLIONS LLC SET ID: S000001752 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D12 -183 EL12 -0500 M12 -082 PG12 -110 TOTAL: 1,063.99 66.13 61.21 55.71 1,063.99 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Credit C VISA 1,247.04 TOTAL: 1,247.04 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES 000.345.832.00.0 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 TOTAL: 66.13 1,180.91 1,247.04 _1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: i CO 1 Type of Inspection: Address: /+ C. Pi . UUi'� /� `'Q A ` AA M-1. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: D 04�11- aTm. Requester: Phone No: 9 71 0 nl • Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 04_ r-1)14/ Date: ! 2 n R SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. 'rior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION "RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. " _ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 ' (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project Type of Inspection: 7 Address :. .. l i< I :_ . 'S a /Vi MA fv. ., 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Dateted: .- g C� l� m: .w. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: R NSPECTION FEE REQ IRED. Prior text inspection. fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Bll., Suite 10 . Call to schedule reinspection. She INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO., CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431- 3670. Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Type of Inspection: '• .., . Address: r 4! 1 ! 5t..5 C NIT Melt! Date Called: Special Instructions: -- Date Wanted:. a.m: .- •7 P_ t . f ppm' Requester: Phone No:_ CI 2.5--1-!37 -- a• :ASS Approved per applicable codes. ;f Corrections required prior to:pprovaL COMMENTS: ( • t .1 t-- ((C ( i • l• /,i (AI 'r• 1G ( `1 R INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection: fee must be:. pdi- d,f'6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedufe"reinspection:. Date: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT: NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 g (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: Type of Inspection: -. Address: I i 1 G So C n3-T I4A 01 Date Called: Special Instructions: 06120-73-Of Date Wanted: , e -L1 -lZ : C�11F _ ,.p,m Requester: - Phone No: .10C,--730 - < `7' , lt----Approye-d'per applicable codes. E3Corrections required prior to approval: COMMENTS: inspector Datev' • pi SPECTION FEE REQUI ED. Prior to next inspection;: fee must be a' at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD, Retain a copy with permit. INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 1�., (206) 431- 3670. Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Ji/Z=�8.3 Project: 77JJ 9 Type of Inspection: C" /44)- /1-7 /Ai 6. Address: /// 9-.S� (7(7,‘..1A/7 / `7 /( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. .-2a _ / 2 Cm: p.fr: Requester: - Phone No: ❑ Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: it/Q% A2.,met'/; lkspector: Jef Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRE . Prior to next pection fee mustbe - paid at%300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection: INSPECTION NUMBER 3 , INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D \Z,- ( a.-S -17 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: rc gl :. Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: 'i'" ‘c n• 4, �� Address: y� Suite #: /6Z'7 � .. * /C-1 1�%' gy p,' Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: TI,Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: S Fire Alarm: w\e.‘,,,, o.L ...)01(.11.., Hood & Duct: 3 -7-1. --FANC■i& (*"' vc.c` c�N.�a. -, Pre -Fire: Permits: ,J Q C 7 Cam S C.' (6d \$.1°‘ Needs Shift Inspection: 'go Sprinklers: S Fire Alarm: w\e.‘,,,, o.L ...)01(.11.., Hood & Duct: Monitor: vc.c` c�N.�a. -, Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: V Inspector: cv‘51 Date: <B‘ 3 t\ \ L Hrs.: l $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit bra -/c la- s- 177 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: ' Address: On Suite #: S _ C , }Z4-- Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: - co u -er 1-00K a Chou. ✓+�. Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: L rev, 5 a Date: $/ Z3 // Z_ Hrs.: ( 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Project Summary PRJ -SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address TCBY Date 7/10/2012 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL For Building Department Use TDXWILA, WA 98188 Applicant Name: DONPENN CONSULTING ENGINEER ApplicantAddress: 635 WESTPORT PKWY, STE 300 GRAPEVINE, TX 76051 Applicant Phone: 817 - 410 -2858 REVIEWED FOR CODE COM LIA CE APPROVE JUL 1' l 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY OFETUKWILA JUL 1 12012 PERMIT CENTER perms v pz LEc®� Y CORRECTION LTR# I 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address . rca Date 7/10/2012 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL TOXWILA, WA 98188 Applicant Name: DONPENN CONSULTING ENGINEER Applicant Address: 635 WESTPORT PXWY, STE 300 GRAPEVINE, TX 76051 Applicant Phone: 817 -410 -2858 For Building Department Use Project Description Compliance Option ❑ New Building ❑ Addition Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Q Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 " Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area let Floor Restaurant 1.22 494 603 Basement Storage /Warehouse 0.50 206 103 let Floor Track - 100w current limiting device 1 100 100 '" From Table ._ 5 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG- Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Watts 706 Location (floor plan /room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed let Floor 2x4 Linear fluorescent - 3 bulb 28w TO 4 84 336 1st Floor 6• recessed downlight - 1 four pin 26W CFL 6 26 156 let Floor Track - 100w current limiting device 1 100 100 Basement 2x4 Linear fluorescent - 3 bulb 28w T8 1 84 84 otal Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 676 Notes: 1.. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Mul Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage Q Other Qualification Checklist "Other" Lighting Fixtures: Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply ply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. If occupancy is and fixture y the space is is checked, m the number Code. Clearly in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly (Section 21) 1521) 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -8, or CFL lam) s and d) hard -wired electronic ) lamps, ) indicate these spaces on plans. If not Parking garages dimming ballasts. Screw -in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. qualified, do LPA Calculations. 1.10 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishment?, restaurants/bars5 3. LED lights. At3Lt 15 -i Unit LI$11tin g Power Allowanc Use' LPA` (Wife), Use' LPA`(W /ft`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishment?, restaurants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.Y0 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 IVI IQVIC I- 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w /ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window Is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free- standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed In retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and ill below; 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance Is the sum of allowances for sales categories', ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting Power Allowance Adjustments LTG -LPA 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Project Address ITCHY Revised December 2010 (Date 7/10/2012 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15 -1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ft2. Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft2" location on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2** Ceiling Height for this room Ceiling Height limit for this exception** Adjusted LPA Watts per ft2 Restaurant Restaurant 1.20 10.0 feet 9 feet 1.22 "" From Table 15 -1 based on exceptions listed In footnotes 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting, 2009 Washington Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address TCBY 'Date 7/10/2012 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2009 Washington State Nonresidential Ene gy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yee 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E2.1, E2.2 Yee 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E2.1, E2.2 N.A. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations N.A. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans N.A. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans Yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls E2.1, E2.2 N.A. 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location N.A. (a) timer w /backup Indicate location N.A. (b) photocell. Indicate location N.A. 1513.6 Inter, auto shut -off Indicate location N.A. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations N.A. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans N.A. 1513.7 Hotel/motel controls Indicate location of room master controls N.A. 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign E1.1 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) Yee 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture N.A. 1532 Exterior.Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) Yes I 1511 lElec motor efficiency JMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency JM1.1 I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) Yea I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1E3.0 I if "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: S Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: June 8, 2012 Project Name: TCBY Permit # D12 -183 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculation sheets shall be stamped and signed. 1. Please show the location of the remote stock room on the area plan on sheet T. 2. The interior lighting budget form submitted is outdated. The correct version is 2009 Interior Lighting Budget. Also, the allowable wattage values have changed. Cafeterias, fast food establishments, restaurants/bars are allowed 1.20 watts /ft. The remote stock room would be storage similar to warehousing. This space would be allowed to have .5 watts /ft. and it is currently in compliance. You can't take extra credit from the stock room and apply it to the yogurt shop. Please make adjustments as necessary. I have included a new form with this memo. 3. Page A1.0 has references to page A8.3. This page is missing. Please add this page. Z. 4 4/Ac ta 0 xt-Pr. uct kY' i jgi .m 3 . 'p4 e- 01,-) (c • A I.0 H-,t ve" $eze -0.1 v pcL j Should there be questions concerning the above information please contact the Building Division at 206- 431 -3670. d p don penn . consulting engineer July 10, 2012 RE: TCBY Westfield Southcenter Mall, Suite D36 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 To whom it may concern: In response to your plan review comments for the above mentioned project, we have made the following corrections to the construction documents or written explanation below. All changes have been clouded delta one: Mechanical Comments: Comment #1: Per section 501.2 of the Uniform Mechanical code Exhaust discharge. The air removed by every mechanical exhaust system shall, be discharged outdoors at a point where it will not cause a nuisance and not less than the distances specified in section 501.2.1. the air shall be discharged to a location from which it cannot again be readily drawn in by a ventilating system. Air shall not be exhausted into an attic or crawl space. Also the mall is considered a corridor and in the case of smoke or fire, it would not be appropriate to blow smoke out into the mall. Response: The supply /exhaust system originally designed to circulate air to the prep area has been removed and replaced by a VAV connected to the LL system. Since the circulation system was removed the exhaust fan discharging into mall common has been removed. Comment #2: Please show how outside fresh air will be supplied to this tenant space. Response: Circulation system originally designed has been removed and replaced by a VAV connected to the LL system. The LL system is maintained at 20% outside air so the VAV system will provide 90 CFM of fresh air as indicated on M1.1 to the prep area. Seating is open to the mall common and accounted for in the fresh air design of the mall. Plumbing Comments: Comment #1: A grease interceptor is required for this space as a grease waste sewer line is not available per Scott Preister, Regional Tenant Coordinator for Westfield Mall. Please Provide the make and model number with sizing calculations of the proposed interceptor. At a minimum, the pot sink and the triple sink should tie into the grease interceptor and any of the floor sinks that might catch fats, oils or grease. Please provide an elevation or cross - section detail to show all parts of the system including vents, flow control, indirect waste, 635 Westport Parkway, Suite 300 817.410.2858 (office) Grapevine, Texas 76051 817.251.8411 (fax) Electrical • Mechanical • Plumbing • Geothermal traps, fixtures etc. Pleaw also include the manufacturers splications and installation instructions for the gre interceptor. Response: A grease interceptor was added to the sanitary plans on P2.1. The pot sink, 3- comp sink, and all other fixtures that could possible catch fats, grease or oil were connected to the interceptor. The grease interceptor sizing calculation was provided on P2.1. Specification of the interceptor was provided on P2.1 keyed note 4 as well as P1.1 Plumbing Fixture Schedule. Comment #2: Provide the make and specific model number of the proposed backflow device. Include the manufacturer's specification sheet. Response: The manufacturer and model number for the RPZ was added to sheet P2.0 Keyed note 7. Specified to be Watts model #009. Cut sheet is attached. Development Comments: Comment #1: Please show the location of the remote stock room on the area plan on sheet T Response: By Arch Comment #2: The interior lighting budget form submitted is outdated. The correct version is 2009 Interior Lighting Budget. Also, the allowable wattage values have changed. Cafeterias, fast food establishments, restaurants /bars are allowed 1.20 watts /ft. The remote stock room would be storage similar to warehousing. This space would be allowed to have 0.5 watts /sf and it is currently in compliance. You cannot take extra credit from the stock room and apply it to the yogurt shop. Please make adjustments as necessary. I have included a new form with this memo. Response: Updated lighting compliance form is attached. To accommodate reduction in wattage (3) P1 fixtures were removed and the current limiting transformer serving the track lighting was reduced from 150watts to 100 watts. See sheets E1.1 and E2.1. Comment #3: Page A1.0 has references to page A8.3. This page is missing. Please add this page. Response: By Arch If you have any questions regarding the above, plea - i r' esitate to call. Thank you, Don Penn, PE, CGD Don Penn Consulting Engineer Don Penn Consulting Engineer Page 2 of 2 Food and Facilities Program 401 Fifth.:Avenue;;:Suite 1100 Seattle WA 98104 1818 206-29'646i2 Fax 20672960188.: TTY.: Relay 711 www kingcounty gov /health June 29, 2012 Bret Ryan Fitch 16435 N. Scottsdale Rd #195 Scottsdale, AZ 85254 FILE COPY Public HealthiAl Seattle & King County Transmitted via electronic mail RE: Plans and Specifications for: TCBY at 633 Southcenter Ste D36, Tukwila, WA - 98188 SR1223086 P/E 6702 (Risk 2) PR0079920 Dear Mr. Ryan, CI1y auF T K� VILA JUL 1 1 2012 PLRRAIT cENTER The plans and specifications for the above project have been reviewed and, in accordance with the provisions of Title 5, the Code of the King County Board of Health Rules and Regulations 05 -06 (The Food Code) are hereby APPROVED with the following conditions: • A risk 2 permit instead of a risk 1 permit is required due fruits such as bananas will be cut onsite (per menu). • Hot water generation and distribution systems shall be sufficient to meet the peak hot water demands through the food establishment. I will fill the first 2 compartments of the 3- compartment sink with hot water that has a minimum temperature of 110 degrees Fahrenheit. I will then check each handsink to make sure a minimum tempeture of 100 degreesh Fahrenheit is available. • No changes shall be made without Health Department approval. This approval letter only addresses the equipment, plumbing fixture locations and finishes. It does not include piping, grease traps, back flow prevention or other piping systems. Your establishment has been assigned the following plan review service number SR1223086. Please use this SR# in all future contact with us. As required in The Food Code, upon completion of the construction and before opening for business, the food service establishment operator /owner shall: 1. Complete the enclosed application for the annual operations permit if you don't have a current . permit. Include a copy of this letter when applying for the annual permit. Be advised that the penalty for commencing operation of a food service establishment without the required permit is 50% of the applicable permit fee. 2. Obtain a preoperational inspection approval. Contact Diane Agasid via phone (206 - 296 -9750) or email (diane.agasidna kingcountv.gov) at least one week in advance to schedule a preoperational inspection. Be sure all other inspections (plumbing, building, etc.) are done before you call the Health Department for an inspection. Please refer to the enclosed Preoperational Checklist for more information. D012-113 • Your application for a food service establishment permit from Public Health Seattle & King County may be approved during this inspection. However, it is the responsibility of the food service establishment operator /owner to obtain all necessary permits and approvals from other agencies. Operating the establishment without these required permits or approvals may subject the operator /owner to legal action by the appropriate agencies. If the establishment is opened without the Health Department preoperational inspection, it may be subject to closure. FailA preoperational inspections will require a $402.00 fee( +$201.00 /hr after 2 hourss))for a rep at inspection. r : k Please be aware that additional hourly fees will be charged if the total plan review and preoperational ;inspection goes beyond the base four (4) hours for this new project. An invoice will be sent to you t, .4;: ' after thepreoperational inspection and must be paid immediately. , Contact your local building department or water district if pre- treatment facilities are required when wastewater contains more than 100 parts per million by weight of fat, oil or grease of animal, vegetable or mineral petroleum origin. If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your compliance in this matter and I look forward to seeing you soon. Diane Agasid, R.S. Food and Facilities Plan Reviewer DA Enclosures Cc: Pengpeng Wang, Owner, ZW Trillions LLC 4 S F <e. APPROVED SUBJECT TO ORDINANCE SEATTLE, WA. JUN Z 9 (11312, N.T.S. E S tot Public Health-eatt 1 —3 014,t 0 S MM By NORDSTROM macy§ crtrOCFETuV LA JUL 11 iO12 PERMIT C NTER LOCATION OF COMMON MALL RESTROOMS WITHIN 160-0" OF THE SFAGE LOCATION OF REMOTE ',STORAGE ROOM AREA PLAN TCBY - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL, SEATTLE, WA. N.T.S. June 13, 2012 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Bret Ryan Fitch 16435 N Scottsdale Rd, Suite 195 Scottsdale, AZ 85254 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D12 -183 TCBY —1119 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Ryan, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D12 -183 W: \Pennit Center \Correction Letters\20I2\D12 -183 Correction Letter #1.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: June 8, 2012 Project Name: TCBY Permit # D12 -183 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculation sheets shall be stamped and signed. 1. Please show the location of the remote stock room on the area plan on sheet T. 2. The interior lighting budget form submitted is outdated. The correct version is 2009 Interior Lighting Budget. Also, the allowable wattage values have changed. Cafeterias, fast food establishments, restaurants /bars are allowed 1.20 watts /ft. The remote stock room would be storage similar to warehousing. This space would be allowed to have .5 watts /ft. and it is currently in compliance. You can't take extra credit from the stock room and apply it to the yogurt shop. Please make adjustments as necessary. I have included a new form with this memo. 3. Page A1.0 has references to page A8.3. This page is missing. Please add this page. Should there be questions concerning the above information please contact the Building Division at 206- 431 -3670. •PERMIT COORD COP PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -183 DATE: 07/11/12 PROJECT NAME: TCBY SITE ADDRESS: 1119 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ui din ivision Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 07/12/12 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INI IALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 08/09/12 Approved Approved with Conditions tJ Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: *PERMIT COORD COO PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -183 PROJECT NAME: TCBY SITE ADDRESS: 1119 SOUTHCENTER MALL DATE: 05/30/12 )( . Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTM NTS: Avici (_ `)-- I2 \A-- PL Building ivision Fire Prevention Planning Division bub c di s Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete DUE DATE: 05/31/12 Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route '--'C Structural Review Required n No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 06/28/12 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) ki Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only 1. CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 10410-- kids- Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: , Documents /routing slip.doc 02/29/12 CRY City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tulcwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Z i l Z Plan Check/Permit Number: D12-183 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: TCBY Project Address: 1119 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: CMP8 CA JUL 1 12012 PERMITCENTER Phone Number: t-lOg —(Mb --ttze0 Summary of Revision: Sheet Number(s): Li C. M "T ) Q 1.O , Lgbt►.,ri "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 01N4 1116 Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Peter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name SAYBR CONTRACTORS INC UBI No. 601795367 Phone 2535312144 Status Active Address 3852 South 66Th Street License No. SAYBRCI033L7 Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Tacoma Effective Date 6/27/1997 State WA Expiration Date 6/14/2014 Zip 98409 Suspend Date County Pierce Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status JWCONSL954RM J W CONSTRUCTION SERVICES LLC Construction Contractor General Unused 12/14/2005 3/31/2009 Expired JWDEVDL956DU JW DEVELOPERS LLC Construction Contractor General Unused 3/31/2005 3/31/2007 Inactive Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date CROWLEY & MACKIN Agent 06/27/1997 Bond Amount MULLER, MICHAEL THOMAS Chief Operating Officer 02/06/2007 LPM09001079 SAY, KAREN MARIE President 06/27/1997 MCALOON, MICHAEL THOMAS Vice President 06/27/1997 COARTFORD FIRE INS BROWN, WINFIELD V Vice President 06/27/1997 06/30/2007 WAYMIRE, JOEL Secretary 06/27/1997 01/14/2005 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 4 FIDELITY & DEPOSIT CO OF MD LPM09001079 06/12/2010 Until Cancelled $12,000.0005/27 /2010 3 COARTFORD FIRE INS 52BSBDL7280 06/12/2005 Until Cancelled 06/12/2010 $12,000.0005/25 /2005 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 16 Endurance American Specialty I ECC10100703503 05/01/2012 05/01/2013 $1,000,000.00 05/02/2012 15 Endurance American Specialty I ECC10100703502 05/01/2011 05/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 04/28/2011 14 ENDURANCE AMERICAN SPEC ECC10100703500 05/01/2009 05/01/2011 $1,000,000.00 04/29/2010 13 HUDSON SPEC INS CO FEC7002746 05/01/2008 05/01/2009 $1,000,000.00 04/30/2008 12 HUDSON SPECIALTY INS CO FEC7000497 11/15/2007 11/15/2008 $1,000,000.00 11/14/2007 https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni /bbip /Print.aspx 07/19/2012 REVISIONS No changes work shall utt p to the of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review rms. WESTFIELD SOUTH CENTER MALL A 1027 SOUTHCENTER MALL #036 EATTLE, WA. 98188 PROJECT LOCATION $1 "t Exten,osi "s Hi4to .��,4ui. P S 19911 Si BJ a Ra >aui,tii Ai:wxlnve, 1027 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA. 98188 Ry'uxferka4 94s T s,,.�l,s, VICINITY MAP SEATTLE, WA. N.T.S. r i acy� 0 ; a pa❑ t] 1 LOCATION OF COMMON MALL RESTROOMS WITHIN 160' -0" OF THE SPACE LOCATION OF REMOTE STORAGE ROOM AREA ,PLAN TCBY - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL, SEATTLE, WA. N.T.S. /I\ PROJECT DATA 1. PROJECT NAME: TCBY 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: RESTAURANT - TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN A EXIST. TENANT SPACE INCLUDING IMPROVEMENTS FROM EXISTING DEMISING AND MALL COMMON AREA INWARD OF A SELF SERVE YOGURT SHOP. INCLUDING PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL TO THE SPACE FROM THE EXISTING TENANT UTILITIES, AS WELL AS, NEW FINISHES INCLUDING FLOORING AND GEILIN6S. 3. PROJECT LOCATION: . 4. TENANT . TCBY WESTFIELD SOUTH CENTER MALL 1027 SOUTHCENTER MALL #056 SEATTLE, WA. 98188 ZW TRILLIONS, LLC. 9233 158TH PLACE NE REDMOND, WA. 618052 CONTACT: PEN6PEN6 WANG 425 -6615 -1158 AAD :FITCH, INC., FITCH 16455 NORTH SCOTTSDALE ROAD, SUITE 195 SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA 85254 PHONE: (480) 6198 -4200 FAX: (480) 61618 -7223 PRIMARY CONTACT: BRET RYAN bretryan @f itch .com 5. TENANT'S ARCHITECT: 6. GOVERNING CODES: LANDLORD, . . . WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA. 98188 CONTACT: J. SCOTT PRIESTER 206 -S02 -6010 STUDIO DIRECTOR: KEITH SULLIVAN keith.su I I Ivan @f itch.com . ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING: WITH CORE AMENDMENTS. BUILDING: 2009 SEATTLE BUILDING CODE AND AMENDMENTS MECHANICAL: 20061 SEATTLE MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING: 2005 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE ELECTRICAL: 2008 SEATTLE ELECTRICAL CODE ACCESSIBILITY: ICC /ANSI AII1.1 4 ADA FIRE: 20061 SEATTLE FIRE CODE ENERGY: 20061 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 7. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 8. OCCUPANCY: 9. GROSS LEASED PREMISES: IIB (SPRINKLERED) M MERCHANTILE 650 S.F. 10. OCCUPANT LOAD: KITCHEN / SERVICE: 258 SQ. FT. DIVIDED BY 200 = 2 REMOTE STOCK ROOM: 178 SQ. FT. DIVIDED BY 200 = I SALES: 90 SQ. FT. DIVIDED BY 15 = 6 TOTAL OCCUPANTS: q it EXIT REQUIREMENTS: 12. MUNICIPAL REVIEW: . 13. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES: . 14. SEPARATE PERMITS: 15. FIRE SPRINKLER NOTE: SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: I$i Mechanical gl Electrical ti Plumbing rig Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ONE (I) EXITS REQUIRED, TWO (2) EXITS PROVIDED (I DINING AND I EACH SERVICE AREA) CITY OF TUKWILA PLANNING DEPARTMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WA. 618188 PH: (206) 455 -0119 SEATTLE KING COUNTY 4\0 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SE, 5TH AVENUE SUITE 1 100 :440);9tr.9 PH: (206) 296 -4652 Q �� TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PREMISES AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO TENANT'S ARCHITECT. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, INSURANCE, ETC., AS SET FORTH BY THE LANDLORD. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS DURING CONSTRUCTION PER IBC. EXTERIOR TENANT SICNAGE TO HAVE SEPARATE PLAN CHECK AND REVIEW FOR FERMI T. AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS EXISTING WITHIN THIS SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK AND MODIFY FOR NEW ROOM LAYOUT AND CEILING HEIGHTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH N.F.P.A. 15 STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES 4 REGULATIONS. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE BY A QUALIFIED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL DESIGN AND PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT THEM TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LANDLORD APPROVED. HEADS TO BE SEMI- RECESSED WHEN IN GEILIN6 TILES. SURFACES, USE STANDARD HEADS IN OPEN GEILIN6 CONDITIONS. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF TILE WHEN USED. SPRINKLER HEADS MUST BE CONGEALED TYPE IN THE DRYWALL CEILING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17.2012 City o ru ila BUiLDIN VISION INDEX OF DRAWINGS T SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4 D1.0 TITLE SHEET, INDEX OF DRAWINGS, PROJECT DATA & VICINITY MAP SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, FINISH SCHEDULE & ACCESSIBILITY NOTES DEMOLITION PLAN A1.0 A2.0 A3.0 A4.0 A5.0 A6.0 DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN FIXTURE PLAN FLOOR FINISH PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL SECTIONS NOT USED A7.0 A7.1 A8.0 A8.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS NOT USED ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS A8.2 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS M1.0 M1.1 M2.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SCHEDULES & LEGEND FILE COPY Permit No.. 1' 1' Plan review approval Is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Racospt of approved Field Copy and conditions is acknowledged: 1,.n: -ia -1.)■ MECHANICAL PLAN & DETAILS City Of 1Ukwila BUILDING DIVISION P1.1 P2.0 P2.1 P4.0 PLUMBING SCHEDULES & LEGEND PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER PLAN & RISER DIAGRAM PLUMBING SANITARY WASTE PLAN & RISER DIAGRAM PLUMBING DETAILS E1.0 E1.1 E2.0 E2.1 E2.2 E3.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, LEGEND AND DETAILS ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER /LIGHTING PLAN REMOTE STOCKROOM ELECTRICAL POWER /LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES & RISER DIAGRAM R Cti' Ekil! .. . CITY OF TUKkt JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER CORRECTION T COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specificatleris are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection{ ;a; an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyriblit act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. Thb protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and biments of the design. Under such protection, unauth rized use of these drawings and specifications Mai i rctsult in cessation of construction, building seizure, dnd/or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER z 0 CITY COMMENTS F W W W J H F- x Lli '� MN E rNN8 5 co ca c co co co 0 0 Z ac. DATE: KEVIN T. EVERNHAN1 STATE OF WASHINGTON 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: ►Li DRAWN BY: BGR PROJECT No.: TGBI 2001 fi SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS General requirements of this contract, sections 01000 through 01830 with the following Supplementary General Conditions form a part of this contract and are available in the office of the Owner. Supplementary General Conditions: I nsurance: Contractor's liability insurance shall include the Architect and his consultants as additional insureds. SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Dust - Control and Noise - Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's and other tenants' on -site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations. 5. Coordination of continuing occupancy of portions of existing building. C. Predemolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Building Owner may occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. C. Tenant assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner /Tenant. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner /Tenant under a separate contract. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire - protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. B. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 2. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. 3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. D. Utility Requirements: Refer to Mechanical & Electrical drawings for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. B. Pest Control: Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris - removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Building Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. D. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. E. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. F. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: Comply with governing environmental - protection regulations. B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire - suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. 4. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 5. Remove decayed, vermin - infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 7. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. C. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI -WP and its Addendum. D. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing. Refer to applicable Division 7 Section for new roofing requirements. E. Air - Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants. 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS repair damage to adjacent construction caused b A. General: Promptly rep g adjacent by selective demolition operations. B. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. C. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 1. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. E. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. END OF SECTION 01732 SECTION 03301 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMWORK A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. C. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Types I or II. B. Normal- Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) nominal size. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water - soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other admixtures. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High- Range, Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water- Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint - Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt- saturated cellulosic fiber. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Moisture - Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. C. Clear, Solvent- Borne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal- weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi (27.6 MPa). 2. Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). C. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 2.5 to 4.5 percent. 1. Air content of trowel-finished interior concrete floors shall not exceed 3.0 percent. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready - Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. 3.2 VAPOR RETARDER NOT USED 3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Isolation Joints: Install joint - filler strips at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. D. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one - fourth of the concrete thickness. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. 3.6 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. C. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile. D. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by thin -set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete slabs. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.7 TOLERANCES A. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold- weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. B. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, moisture - retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: 1. Moisture - Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. Perform tests according to ACI 301. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for 9 Y ( ), Y ( ), P each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. 3.10 REPAIRS A. Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. END OF SECTION 03301 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Loose bearing and leveling plates and lintels. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not in other Sections. 3. Miscellaneous metal trim. 4. Slotted channel framing. 5. Patio railing and gate. specified 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." 4. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for wel processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. C. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. D. Steel Tubing: Cold- formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight i indicated or required by structural loads. F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold- formed metal channels with flange edges return toward web and with 9/16 -inch- (14.3 -mm -) wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches mm) o.c., as manufactured by Unistrut or equal. G. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according alloy welded. REVIEWED FO CODE COMPLiN APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila AUILDiNG DIVISiI (51 to AWS specifications for metal 2.2 ALUMINUM A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063 -T6. B. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, alloy 6061 -T6. 2.3 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Organic zinc -rich primer, complying with SSPC -Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt mastic complying with. SSPC -Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold - applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc - plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M). C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. D. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3 (ASME B18.6.7M). E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). F. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when P Y q P installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.5 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.6 CONCRETE FILL A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items i.n. shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and 'accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously. E. Provide for anchorage of e indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate 9 type P P 9 and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. F. Allow for thermal movement resulting from temperature change of 120 degrees F. ambient and 180 degree F. surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. G. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. H. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth,, .using concealed fasteners where possible. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports for exterior installation. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. 2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. I CE N B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface - preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. 2.12 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Bright, Directional Polish: No. 4 finish, U.N.O PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. D. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES AND LINTELS A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use nonshrink, non - metallic grout. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.3 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any. B. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated at girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. C. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling 1. Do not grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders until girders are installed and leveled. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted surfaces minimum 2.0 -mil ) dry film thickness. ( Y B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 SECTION 05700 - ORNAMENTAL METAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ornamental railings. 2. Stainless steel countertops not included in kitchen equipment. 3. Steel supports in walls. Service counter partitions and lavatory counters. 4. Exterior steel trellis. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS A. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings complying with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance, based on testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. B. Thermal Movements: Provide handrails and railings that allow for thermal movements resulting from 120 deg F ambient and 180 deg F material surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. C. Handrails and railings must comply with handicap and local code requirements. D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product used in ornamental metal, including finishing materials and methods. 1. Include Product Data for rout and anchoring cement. 9 9 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation of ornamental metal. Include plans, elevations, component details, setting drawings, templates, and attachments to other Work. Indicate materials and profiles of each ornamental metal member, fittings, joinery, finishes, fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items. C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of ornamental metal specified in this Section by the same firm that fabricated it. B. Welding Standards: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for ornamental metal items. Furnish Setting Drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. General: Provide metals free from surface blemishes where exposed to View in finished unit. Exposed -to -view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. B. Stainless Steel: Grade and type designated below for each form required: 1. Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 304. 2. Pipe: ASTM A 312/A 312M, Grade TP 304. 3. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 4. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. C. Steel and Iron: Provide steel and iron in form indicated to comply with the following requirements: 1. Tubing: Cold formed, ASTM A 500. 2. Steel Plate, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 3. Steel Sheet: Commercial- quality, cold - rolled, stretcher - leveled, carbon -steel sheet complying with ASTM A 366/A 366M, Class I, matte finish. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Electrodes and Filler Metal: Type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded, complying with applicable AWS specifications. B. Fasteners: Use fasteners of same basic metal as fastened metal. 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting ornamental metal components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. D. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field - applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Form ornamental metal to required shapes and sizes, with true curves, lines, and angles. Provide components in sizes and profiles indicated, but not less than that RECEIVED needed to comply with requirements indicated for structural performance. Cll'VOFTUKWILA B. Provide necessary rebates, lugs, and brackets to assemble units and to attach to JUL 1 1 2012 other work. Drill and tap for required fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. Use concealed fasteners where possible. C. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Clean PERMIT CENTER exposed welded and brazed joints of all flux, and dress all exposed and contact surfaces. TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. C co 00 v � � to °' 0i� GP go sit we a N � 1; M (13 CONSULTING ENGINEER N z 0 U I T +1 480 998 4200 7/"0/10° KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -O" DRAWN BY: BGR PROJECT No.: TGBI2001 SP1 SPECIFICATIONS D. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration. E. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well- defined lines and arris. 2.4 FABRICATING HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS A. Nonwelded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings to interconnect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. B. Welded Connections: Fabricate handrails and railings for connecting members by welding. Cope components at perpendicular and skew connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld connections continuously. C. Provide wall returns at ends of wall- mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated; close ends of returns. D. Close exposed ends of handrail and railing members with manufacturer's standard prefabricated end fittings. E. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect handrail and railing members to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 2.6 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish B. P P Y �P indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C. Satin, Directional Polish: No. 4 finish. D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 2.7 IRON AND STEEL FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize products made from rolled, pressed, and forged steel shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 123. 1. Hot -dip galvanize iron and steel hardware indicated to be galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean ornamental metal of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic - phosphate process. C. Factory- Primed Finish: Apply air -dried primer immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm) per applied coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing ornamental metal to in -place construction. B. Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints. Where cutting, welding, and grinding are required for proper shop fitting and jointing of ornamental metal, restore finishes to eliminate any evidence of such corrective work. D. Field Welding: Comply with applicable AWS specification for procedures of manual shielded metal arc welding, for appearance and quality of welds, and for methods used in correcting welding work. E. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 INSTALLING HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS A. Adjust handrails and railings before anchoring to ensure alignment at abutting joints. B. Concrete - Anchored Posts in Sleeves or Core Drilled Holes: Insert posts in holes in concrete, and fill annular space between posts and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. C. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components by welding. Cope or butt components to provide 100 percent contact or use fittings designed for this purpose. D. Anchor railing ends into concrete or masonry with fittings designed for this purpose. E. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with fittings using concealed fasteners. F. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at intervals not to exceed 40 feet (12m) 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing agency will randomly select completed handrail and railing assemblies for testing that are representative of different railing designs and conditions in the completed Work. Handrails and railings will be tested according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for compliance with ASTM E 985. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Remove and replace handrails and railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements, unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to Architect and will comply with specified requirements. E. Additional Testing: Where handrails and railings are removed and replaced or are repaired, additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of ornamental metal from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by ornamental metal fabricator. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. END OF SECTION 05700 SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Metal or wood studs at contractor's option. 3. Wood blocking and furring. 4. Plywood backing panels. 5. Plywood wall panels. 6. FRP panels (fiberglass reinforced panels). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. Keep materials dry and covered. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2 -inch nominal (38 -mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: DOC PS 1 Either DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. B. Non - Load - Bearing Interior Partitions, Furring, and Blocking: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade. 1. Hem -fir or Hem -fir (north); NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA. 2.3 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exposure 1 sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each location, and thickness as indicated. B. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: DOC PS 1, A -D Interior, thickness as indicated. C. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C -D Plugged, fire - retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick. 2.4 FIBER - REINFORCED PANEL (FRP) A. Paneling and Lay -In Tile: 1. Equal to Marlite pebble flat panel, Class 1A finish, 3/32 inch. Matching vinyl moldings. (Division bar, inside and outside corners, and cove base of matching materials.) Flame spread of 20 or lower; smoke developed 200 or lower (Class 1A fire rating). Laboratory tests show toxicity of smoke from Fire -X Glasboard to be less than that of red oak. Barcol hardness (scratch resistance) of 55 or greater per ASTM D2583. Impact strength (IZOD) of 12 ft. -11 lbs. /inch or greater per ASTM D256. Factory Mutual approval. 2. Paneling must be acceptable to local health jurisdiction. 3. Color and Texture: #P -100 pebble PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and t ha t are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. C. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. D. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. E. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. 3.2 PANELING (FRP) INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's installation specification completely. B. Install all trim and molding pieces. C. Install cove base at floor. D. Caulk with mildew resistant, non - microbial material acceptance to manufacturer of panels. E. All installation must be acceptable to local health jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 06105 SECTION 07841 - THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes through - penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of through - penetration firestop system product indicated. B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of through - penetration firestop system products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide through - penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through - penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each through - penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: 2.2 FILL MATERIALS A. General: Provide through - penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials required to accomplish desired ratings. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of the referenced testing and inspecting agencies as fill, void, or cavity materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through - penetration firestop systems to comply with written recommendations of firestop system manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through - penetration firestop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through - penetration firestop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through - penetration firestop systems from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates. 3.3 THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install through - penetration firestop systems to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article and firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Personnel installing firestop systems shall be trained by the manufacturer. C. Install forming /damming /backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross- sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. D. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the required results. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Contractor will engage a qualified independent inspecting agency to inspect through - penetration firestop systems and to prepare test reports. 1. Inspecting agency will state in each report whether inspected through - penetration firestop systems comply with or deviate from requirements. B. Proceed with enclosing through - penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued. C. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through - penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify through - penetration firestop systems with pressure- sensitive, self- adhesive, preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated construction on both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through - penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure through - penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through - penetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to produce through - penetration firestop systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 07841 SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to this Section: B. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Perimeter joints between wall surfaces, frames of doors and windows, and adjacent wall surfaces. 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings. b. Tile control and expansion joints. c. Joints on underside of precast beams and planks and /or steel joists and decking. d. Joints between backsplash material and wall surface. e. Perimeter joints between door and window frames and adjacent walls. f. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. g. Other joints as required. 3. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. b. Other joints as indicated or required. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint- sealant P roduct indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 1/2 -inch- (13 -mm -) wide joints formed between two 6 -inch- (150 -mm -) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint - Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. B. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 2.2 JOINT- SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of type required to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 ELASTOMERIC JOINT- SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Medium - Modulus Neutral- Curing Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: Provide one of the following of color to a. 791; Dow Corning. b. 795; Dow Corning. c. HiFlex 393; NUCO Industries, Inc. d. 895; Pecora Corporation. 2. Applications: Exterior vertical joints. B. Mildew- Resistant Silicone Sealant: 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. 786 Mildew Resistant; Dow Corning. b. Sanitary 1700; GE Silicones. c. NuFlex 302; NUCO Industries, Inc. d. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant; Pecora Corporation. e. PSI -611; Polymeric Systems, Inc. f. Tremsil 600 White; Tremco. 2. Applications: All interior joints in food service and Toilet Rooms. C. Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant: 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. Chem -Calk 550; Bostik Inc. b. Vulkem 245; Mameco International. c. Vulkem 255; Mameco International. d. Pourthane; W.R. Meadows, Inc. e. Elasto -Thane 920 Pourable; Pacific Polymers, Inc. f. NR -200 Urexpan; Pecora Corporation. g. NR -300 Urexpan, Type M; Pecora Corporation. h. PSI- 270SL; Polymeric Systems, Inc. i. PSI- 551/RC -2; Polymeric Systems, Inc. j. Sikaflex - 2c SL; Sika Corporation. k. SL 2; Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. I. THC -900; Tremco. m. THC -901; Tremco. 2. Applications: All joints in interior and exterior match substrate. END OF SECTION 07920 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION pavement and ceramic tile. SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Tile backing panels. 3. Non -load- bearing steel framing. \DsID - -1�3 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire - Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations Guide, Building Products" or UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." from FM's "Approval RECEIVED .. CITY OF TUKIMLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. B. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) diameter wire. C. Carrying Channels: 1 1/2" cold - rolled, commercial -steel sheet, with manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant zinc coating. D. Furring Channels (Furring Members): Commercial -steel sheet with manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant zinc coating. E. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross - furring members that interlock. 2.2 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: As follows: 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant zinc coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Base metal thickness as required for installation. C. Cold - Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538 -inch (1.37 -mm) bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) wide flange. Depth as required. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. Regular a nd Type X: 5/8-inch inch thick , tapered edges. 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Water- Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M, 5/8 -inch thick. add Ply wd. as approved by Architect. G.C. to submit: 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum- coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. b. LC -Bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type t aping compound or drying - type, all - purpose compound. a. Use setting-type co - compound for installing paper faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat and Finish Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound or drying -type, all- purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water- Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable topping compounds. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations or, if none available, with United States Gypsum's "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire - tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Secure hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. C. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. D. Screw furring to wood framing. E. Wire -tie or clip furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for assemblies indicated. F. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing and installation standards. 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. G. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross- furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Install tracks (runners) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board assemblies abut other construction. 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install foam- gasket isolation strip between studs and wall. B. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. 1. Cut studs 1/2 inch (13 mm) short of full height to provide perimeter relief. 2. For fire - resistance -rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor /roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid- structure surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural and other members extending below floor /roof slabs and decks, as needed to support gypsum board closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. C. Install steel studs and furring at 16" o.c. D. Frame door openings to comply with GA -600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. 3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. E. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.5 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA -216. B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. I- V INC -0 a; O 1 w z z W w z E z B C w i CONSULTING ENGINEER N z 0 CFI KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4" =1' -0" DRAWN BY: SCR PROJECT No.: TG51200'1 SP2 SPECIFICATIONS E. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide - dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. 1. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 2. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor /roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8 -inch- (6.4- to 9.5 -mm -) wide joints to install sealant. F. Isolate perimeter of non -load- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. G. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended in writing by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. H. Space screw fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications, tile substrate. 2. 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c. 3.6 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: 3.7 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same 9 � 9 fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.8 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. B. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges s w e e panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 4: Embed 9 h r P tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated <Insert locations >. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Above - Ceiling Observation: Before Contractor installs gypsum board ceilings, Architect will conduct an above - ceiling observation and report deficiencies in the Work observed. Do not proceed with installation of gypsum board to ceiling support framing until deficiencies have been corrected. END OF SECTION 09260 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Exposed Suspension System Members, Moldings, and Trim: Set of 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long Samples of each type, finish, and color. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each acoustical panel ceiling. C. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire - Resistance Characteristics: Where indicated, provide acoustical panel ceilings identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Surface - Burning Characteristics: Provide acoustical panels with the following surface- burning characteristics complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A B C materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84: a. Smoke - Developed Index: 450 or less. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver left over panels and suspension system components to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic lay -in panels. USG PER PLANS B. Kitchen and Service Areas: 24" x 48" x 1/2" USG, LAY -IN CEILING, panel Clima Plus, vinyl food serivce grade vinyl clad white #3270 suspended grid dx 15/16" grid. 2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc - Coated Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung ") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.106 inch in diameter. C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. D. Hold -Down Clips: Provide manufacturer's standard hold -down clips spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. on all cross tees. E. Impact Clips: Provide manufacturer's standard impact -clip system designed to absorb impact forces against acoustical panels. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Suspension System for Gypsum Board Panels 1. Wide -Face, Capped, Double -Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold - rolled steel sheet, prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, not less than G30 coating designation, with prefinished 15/16 -inch- (24 -mm -) wide metal caps on flanges Structural Classification: Intermediate duty system. Matching trim. 2. Cap Material: Aluminum painted. B. Suspension System for Acoustical Tile. 1. Narrow -Face, Uncapped, Double -Web, Steel Suspension System: Prepainted, 9/16 -inch- (15 -mm -) wide faces Structural Classification: Intermediate duty system. Matching trim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical panel ceilings. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less- than - half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with UBC Standard 25 -2. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power - actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or postinstalled anchors. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Install hold -down clips, in areas required by authorities having jurisdiction, and for fire - resistance ratings; space as recommended by panel manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire - resistance -rated assembly. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 SECTION 09912 - PAINTING ( PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop P P 9> P P priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color 9 P 9 P PP ( 9 coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical that do not have a factory-applied equipment a y app lied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. B. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. B. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. 2. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label: 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver left over paint in original cans to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, products listed in other Part 2 articles. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: Match Architect's samples As indicated by manufacturer's designations As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY BLOCK FILLERS A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: Factory - formulated high - performance latex block fillers. Equal to: 1. Devoe; Devoe Fill DV 52903 Latex. 2.4 EXTERIOR PRIMERS A. Exterior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory - formulated rust - inhibitive metal primer for exterior application. Equal to: 1. Benjamin Moore Rust Penetrating Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. B. Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer: Factory - formulated galvanized metal primer for exterior application. Equal to: 1. Sherwin - Williams Galvanized Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. 2.5 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory - formulated alkali- resistant acrylic -latex interior primer for interior application. Equal to: 1. Sherwin - Williams Interior Vinyl Latex Primer Sealer. B. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory - formulated latex -based primer for interior application. Equal to: 1. Sherwin- Williams Interior Vinyl Latex Primer Sealer. C. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic - Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd - Enamel Finishes: Factory - formulated alkyd- or acrylic -latex -based interior wood primer. Equal to: 1. Sherwin - Williams Interior Acrylic Latex Primer. D. Interior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory - formulated quick- drying rust - inhibitive alkyd -based metal primer. Equal to: 1. Sherwin - Williams Rust Penetrating Metal Primer. E. Interior Zinc - Coated Metal Primer: Factory - formulated galvanized metal primer. Equal to: 1. Sherwin - Williams Galvanized Metal Primer. 2.6 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Full -Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: Factory - formulated full -gloss waterborne acrylic -latex enamel for exterior application. Equal to: 1. Benjamin Moore Interior and Exterior High Gloss Enamel. 2.7 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Low - Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated eggshell acrylic -latex interior enamel. No substitutions for: 1. Sherwin- Williams Eggshell Interior Latex Enamel. B. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory - formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application. No substitutions for: 1. Sherwin - Williams Semi -gloss Interior Latex Enamel. C. Interior Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Wood and Metal Surfaces: Factory - formulated full -gloss alkyd interior enamel. No substitutions for: 1. Sherwin - Williams Interior - Exterior Alkyd - Urethane Gloss Enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on back side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. b. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners a pp roved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 2. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 3. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 4. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 5. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 6. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. D. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. E. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Uninsulated metal piping. 2. Uninsulated plastic piping. 3. Pipe hangers and supports. 4. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. 5. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all- service jacket" or other paintable jacket material. 6. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory - primed finish for field painting. F. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Switchgear. 2. Panelboards. 3. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory - primed finish for field painting. G. Prime Coats: Apply a prime coat to material that is required to be painted or surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. I. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass- smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. 3.6 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop - primed items. 1. a. b. Full -Gloss Alkyd - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust - inhibitive primer. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. 3.7 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low - Luster Acrylic- Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low- luster acrylic enamel. 2. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. All- Service Jacket over Insulation: Provide the following finish system on cotton or canvas insulation covering: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex- emulsion size. END OF SECTION 09912 SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl wall covering. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for verification in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. 1. Wall Covering Material: Full -width sample, not less than 36 inches (914 mm) long, from dye lot used for the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed 5 projects similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with the following surface- burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install wall covering until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. Lighting must be 15 foot candles. Ventilation shall be continuous during installation and drying time. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Refer to drawings for specification. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. General: Mildew- resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific wood - veneer wall covering and substrate application, as recommended by wall covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. 2. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 3. Prime new gypsum board with primer recommended by wall covering manufacturer. C. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. D. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Comply with wall coverings manufacturers' written installation instructions a pp licable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. PP Y . B. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps. C. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches (150 mm) from outside corners and 3 P ( ) inches (75 mm) from inside corners. No horizontal seams. D. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. E. Trim edges for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure at seams and edges. Butt seams. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended by wall covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. END OF SECTION 09950 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bI83 RECEIVED CiTY OF TUKVIALA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject so copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L d CO sla CO en �i� Va Egg .71.• 7:11 vl � to eel 2 to EA CONSULTING ENGINEER z 0 ,-oigi8 • a) co l0 ilFLL to y 8 2 rn a� Lo o • :II: O till 1 F+- C i IM 0 IN• Z. Lim ii 1 7/10/.10' KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5-25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4"= I' -0" DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: SGR TG312001 SP3 GENERAL HEALTH DEPT. NOTES I. ESTABLISHMENT MUST COMPLY WITH ANY SMOKING ORDINANCE GOVERNING ITS JURISDICTION. 2. SINKS: A. HOT AND GOLD WATER PROVIDED TO ALL SINKS. B. WATER TO THE HAND SINKS, IF TEMPERED MUST BE AT LEAST 110 DEGREES F. G. NO COMBINATION HAND/MOP SINKS ALLOWED. D. ALL HAND SINKS OR LAVATORIES MUST BE INSTALLED SEPARATELY FROM NOP (SERVICE) SINKS. 3. ALL EQIUPMENT MUST MEET STANDARDS IN THE COLORADO FOOD CODE: AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARS I NSTI TUE—APPROVED (A.N.SI.) OR EQUIVALENT STANDARDS. REFRIGERATION UNITS MUST BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A 41 DEGREE F POOP TEMPERATURE IN ALL NEWLY CONSTRUCTED FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS AND ANY REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT REPLACED DURING A REMODEL. 4. GEILINE, AND WALL 5 SHALL BE WASHABLE, SMOOTH, NON — POROUS, DURABLE AND LIGHT — COLORED IN ALL AREA OF FOOD PREPARATION AND WARE WASH IN6. 5. THE MECHANICAL VENTILATION MUST BE OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO KEEP ROOMS FREE OF EXCESSIVE HEAT, STEAM, CONDENSATION, VAPORS, OBNOXIOUS ODORS, SMOKE AND FUMES. ANY MEGHANICAL SYSTEMS SHOULD CONSIDER THE NUMBER OF MENU ITEMS REQUIRING THE USE OF GOOK N6 EQUIPMENT BEING EXHAUSTED, LOCATION OF HOODS, TYPE OF COOKING EQUIPMENT BEIN6 EXHAUSTED, THE PROSPECTIVE NUMBER OF MEALS SERVED, ETC. 6. RESTROOMS REQUIRE FORGED —AIR, MECHANICAL VENTILATION. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE VENTED THROUGH THE ROOF AND ACTIVATED BY SWITCH OR RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING ALL HOURS THAT THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. 1. IF THE POWER WASH METHOD 15 USED FOR GLEANING FLOORS THEN COVE BASE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO JOIN FLOORS WITH WALLS IN AFFECTED AREAS. 6. SELF — CLOSING DOORS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL RESTROOMS AND ENTRANCES OR EXITS TO FACILITY, EXCEPT THOSE EXITS THAT ARE DES'6NATED EMERGENCY EXITS. ACCESSIBILITY NOTES IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT FOR THIS NEW FACILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (A.D.A.), STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBILITY. THE EXISTING, PARKING, SI&NAGE, AND PATH OF TRAVEL TO THE BUILD IN6 ARE ALL THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LANDLORD FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CURRENT ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBILITY. CORRIDORS / AISLES EVERY CORRIDOR SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR MORE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 44" IN WIDTH. CORRIDORS SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF LESS THAN 10 SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36" IN WIDTH. CIRCULATION AISLES AND PEDESTRIAN WAYS SHALL BE 51ZED ACCORDING TO FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND IN NO CASE SHALL BE LESS THAN 36" CLEAR WIDTH. EVERY PORTION OF EVERY BUILDING IN WHICH ARE INSTALLED SEATS, TABLES, EQUIPMENT OR SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AISLES LEADING TO AN EXIT. FLOORS / LEVELS GROUND AND FLOOR SURFACES ALONE, ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND IN ACCESSIBLE ROOMS AND SPACES, INCLUDING FLOORS, WALKS, RAMPS, STAIRS, AND CURB RAMPS, SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT. CHANGES IN LEVEL UP TO A 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL AND WITHOUT EDGE TREATMENT. CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A RAMP NO STEEPER THAN I VERTICAL TO 2 HORIZONTAL. IF CARPET OR CARPET TILE 15 USED ON A FLOOR SURFACE, IT SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED: HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD OR BACKING OR NO CUSHION OR PAD: AND HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL GUT PILE , OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE TEXTURE. THE MAXIMUM PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE 1/2 ". EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES AND HAVE TRIM ALONG, THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. CONTROLS / OPERATING MECHANISMS THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF ALL CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER OPERABLE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 45" OF THE FLOOR BUT NOT LOWER THAN 15 ". CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PUNCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORGE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS OF FORGE. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS FOR KITCHEN SINKS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS FOR KITCHEN SINKS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 PLF.. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE, AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF — CLOSING VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. HAZARDS / PROTRUDING OBJECTS OBJECTS PROJECTING FROM WALLS WITH THEIR LEADIN& EDGES BETWEEN 21" AND SO" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 4" INTO WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, OR AISLES. OBJECTS WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES AT OR BELOW 21" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MAY PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNT INTO WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS OR AISLES. FREESTANDING OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR PYLONS MAY OVERHANG 12" MAXIMUM FROM FROM 27" TO 50" ABOVE THE GROUND OR FINISHED FLOOR. PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR MANEUVERING SPACE. WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, PASSAGEWAYS, AISLES OR OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES SHALL HAVE 60" MINIMUM CLEAR HEAD ROOM. ANY OBSTRUCTION THAT OVERHANGS A PEDESTRIAN WAY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 50" ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE AS MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION. SPACE ALLOWANCE / REACH RANGES THE SPACE REQUIRED FOR A WHEELCHAIR TO MAKE A 150 DEGREE TURN IS A CLEAR SPACE OF 60" DIAMETER OR A T— SHAPED SPACE. IF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ONLY ALLOWS FORWARD APPROACH TO AN OBJECT, THE MAXIMUM HIGH FORWARD REACH ALLOWED SHALL BE 45 ". THE MINIMUM LOW FORWARD REACH IS 15 ". IF THE HIGH FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, REACH AND CLEARANCES SHALL BE PER CODE. IF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR, THE MAXIMUM HIGH SIDE REACH ALLOWED SHALL BE 45" AND THE LOW 51 DE REACH SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 15" ABOVE THE FLOOR AS SHOWN. IF THE SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE REACH AND CLEARANCES SHALL BE PER CODE. FIXED OR BOLT —N SEATING. TABLES AND COUNTERS WHERE FIXED OR BUILT —IN SEATING, TABLES, OR COUNTERS ARE PROVIDED FOR THE PUBLIC., AND, IN GENERAL EMPLOYEE AREAS, 5%, BUT NEVER LE55 THAN I MUST BE ACCESSIBLE. THE TOPS OF TABLES AND COUNTERS SHALL BE 25" TO 34" FROM THE FLOOR OR GROUND. IF SEATING FOR PEOPLE IN WHEELCHAIRS IS PROVIDED AT FIXED TABLES OR COUNTERS, KNEE SPACES AT LEAST 21" HI6H, 30" WIDE, AND Iq" DEEP SHALL BE PROVIDED. IF SEATING SPACES FOR PEOPLE IN WHEELCHAIRS ARE PROVIDED AT FIXED TABLES OR COUNTERS, A 30 "X45" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED. SUCH CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL NOT OVERLAP KNEE SPACE BY MORE THAN Iq ". WHERE A SINGLE COUNTER CONTAINS MORE THAN ONE TRANSACTION STATION, SUCH AS A BANK COUNTER WITH MULTIPLE TELLER WINDOWS OR A RETAIL SALES COUNTER WITH MULTIPLE GASH REGISTER STATIONS, AT LEAST 5%, BUT NEVER LESS THAN I, OF EACH TYPE OF STATION SHALL BE LOCATED AT A SECTION OF COUNTER THAT 15 AT LEAST 56" LONG AND NO MORE THAN 25" TO 54" HIGH. SIGNS / IDENTIFICATION THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 150410 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 54;1g5. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH —TO— HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND I:I AND A STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND I:10. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING, AN UPPER CASE X. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED. FOR SIGNS SUSPENDED OR PROJECTED ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR, THE MINIMUM GHARAGTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 5 ". CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES AND AT EVERY MAJOR JUNCTION ALONE, OR LEADING TO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A 516N DISPLAYING THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROAGHIN6 PEDESTRIAN WAYS. ELECTRICAL THE CENTER OF THE ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED NOT LESS THAN 15" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. THE CENTER 6RIP OF THE OPERATING HANDLE OF CONTROLS OR SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY THE OCCUPANT OF THE ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, APPLIANCES, OR COOLING, HEATING, AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 45" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORK IN6 PLATFORM. THE CENTER OF THE FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (PULL STATIONS) SHALL BE LOCATED 45" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE, OR SIDEWALK. THE INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IN ANY OCCUPANCY WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THESE REGULATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE FIRE CODE. FINISH SCHEDULE SOLID. SURFACE SS -1 HANEX 1/2" THICK; COLOR HYDRA #5 -013 BASE B -1 6" HI6H VINYL BASE ROPPE TYPE TV THERMOPLASTIC #115 "SLATE" B -2 QUARRY TILE BASE; 6 "L X 6 "H X 1/2" MIN. RADIUSED SANITARY COVE BASE SERIES #OQ62; DAL TILE QUARRY SERIES; COLOR: BRONZE NON — ABRASIVE TO MATCH FT -4 CEILINGS CL -1 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. GEILIN6 PAINTED OVER 3 5/5" X 20 6A. METAL STUD FRAMING CL -2 USG FISSURED LAY IN CEILING TILE; 24" X 24" X 5/5" COLOR PURE WHITE #560 WITH SUSPENDED GRID DXT q /16" CL -3 USG SHEETROGK LAY IN GEILIN6 PANEL; GLIMAPLUS VINYL FOOD SERVICE GRADE VINYL GLADDED 24" X 45" X 1/2" COLOR WHITE #32/0 WITH SUSPENDED GRID DX 15/16" FLOORING FL -1 SEALED CONCRETE FLOOR FL -2 VINYL FLOOR TILE ALLURA STONE — NIGHT SHADES #562445 QUATER TURN INSTALL FL -3 a — CERAMIC FLOOR TILE — DAL -TILE COLOUR SCHEME ARTISAN BROWN #13g061 6" X 16" X 5/16" SIZE STACK BOND N ISTALLATION W/ I/5" WIDE GBP #52 "TOBACCO BROWN" GROUT FL -4 QUARRY TILE FLOOR TILE 6 "L X 6 "H X 1/2" MIN. RADIUS SANITARY COVE BASE SERIES #OQ62; DAL TILE QUARRY SERIES; COLOR: BRONZE NON — ABRASIVE STACK BOND INSTALLATION W/ I /5" WIDE CEP #105 "EARTH" GROUT WALL COVERING WC -1 WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM VINYL WALL COVERING CUSTOM GRAPH IG "MAGENTA" WC •2 MEN'S TOILET ROOM VINYL WALL COVER IN6 CUSTOM 6RAPHIG "GREEN" WC -3 FABRICATED WAVE WALL CUSTOM "TGBY WAVE" BY TGBY APPROVED MFR. WC -4 CUSTOM VINYL WALL COVER "TGBY MESSAGE WALL" BY TGBY APPROVED MFR. FRP -1 I/5" THK. WASHABLE FIBER REINF. PLASTIC WALL PANEL, "MARLITE" INC #P -100; PEBBLE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS WITH MATCHING TRIM AND SEAMS METAL MT -1 STAINLESS STEEL; #4 BRUSHED (SATIN) FINISH PAINT SG,= SEMIGLOSS, E= EGGSHELL, F =FLAT P -1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #6831 TANTALIZIN6 TEAL DURATION HOME SATIN LRV #60 P •2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #6g36 AQUATINT DURATION HOME SATIN LRV #60 REVIEWED FOR P -3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #64411 BLUE HORIZON DURATION HOME SATIN LRV #18 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED • P -4 SHEFLAT FRWIN WINISH ILLIAMS LRV #8 #6083 SABLE JUL 17 2012 D. SHERWIN WILLIAMS #1005 PURE WHITE DURATION HOME GLOSS LRV #55 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • P SHERWIN WILLIAMS #6515 TUBEROSE FLAT FINISH LRV #31 P -7 SHERWIN WILLIAMS #6111 LIME RICKEY FLAT FINISH LRV #45 P -8 SHOR ERWWOOD IN WILLIAMS OR EQU CAL LEAR STAIN FINISH PLASTIC LAMINATE PL -1 FORMICA - ZEABNRANO O DETAIL * OS II, &RAIN PER EL EVATIONS PL -2 FORMICA STAINLESS STEEL LAMINATE FINISH GLASS G -1 &LASS; 1/4" THK. TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS WITH POLISHED AND BEVELED EDGES AND STANDOFFS BY G.R. LAURENCE NOTE: G.G. TO PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR FLOORING, BASE, SOLID SURFACES, LAMINATES, AND PAINT COLORS FOR OWNER REVIEW. WALL TILE WT -1 23" X 23" X 5/I6" PORGELANOSA USA CRYSTAL FLOOR WHITE GLOSS TILE WITH 1/16" THICK THIN SET GROUT AND 1/4" COLORSTUK CRYSTAL WHITE MORTAR JOINTS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST SALES AREA FL -3 B —I GYP. BD./P -3 GYP. BD./P -3 6YP. BD./P -3 6YP. ea.m —s .L —I WT —I PER ELEV. SERVING AREA FL —I 5 —I FRP —I FRP —I FRP —I FRP —I GL -3 — STOCK ROOM FL —I B —I FRP —I FRP —I FRP —I FRP —I GL -3 — RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ANY ITEMS NOT LISTED AS BEING SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. ITEM FURNISHED INSTALLED REMARKS • GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONCEPT SERVICES OWNER /TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONCEPT SERVICES I OWNER/TENANT GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT VINYL DECALS @ WINDOWS • • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS INTERIOR PARTITIONS • • FRAMING 4 DRYWALL FLOORING B BASE • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS MILLWORK • • • • EXISTING / NEW PAINTING • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS LIGHTING • • • INTERIOR SIGNAGE 4 GRAPHICS • • • • WAVE WALL • • • PATCH, REPAIR 4 PREP LAY —IN CEILING • • NOT USED • • CHEVRON • • GYP. BD. SOFFITS • • WALL BACKING / BLOCKING • • COUNTER TOPS - SOLID SURFACE • • G.G. TO INSTALL AT YOGURT MACH. WAL DOORS, FRAMES 4 HARDWARE • • LOW WALLS • • SNEEZE GUARDS • • WALL COVERINGS • • EXISTING WALL GYP. BD./FIN. • • PATCH, REPAIR 6 PREP GONG. SLAB PREP /LEVEL /PATCH • • M6R. DESK 8 SHELVING • • DEMOLITION • • EQUIPMENT DELIVERY / UNLOAD • • WALK —IN COOLER • • STAINLESS STEEL TRIM • • NOT USED MOP SINK 4 ACCESSORIES • • M.P.E. ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SERVICE • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS NOT USED • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS DISTRIBUTION • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS PANELS • • • • EXISTING / NEW 516NA&E ...I—BOX • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS LIGHTING, MOUNTING, LAMPS • • • EXIT / EMERGENCY LIGHT SYS. • • • • FINAL ELEC. CONNECTIONS • • WALK —IN CONNECTIONS • • PO5 SYSTEM GABLE PULLS, TERM • • PO5 CONDUIT, WALL JACKS • • TELE. PANEL, CABLING, TERM • • CORD. 4 HARD. WIRE ICE MACH. • • PLUMB IN* FLOOR SINKS AND DRAINS • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS SLAB TRENCHING • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS NOT USED • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS WATER SERVIGE • • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS ICE MACHINE CONNECTIONS • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS PLUMBING FIXTURES • • • BLDG. INFASTRUGTURE CONN. • • • • FIRE SPRINKLERS • • MECHANICAL HVAG SYSTEM / DISTRIBUTION • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS WIRING AND CONNECTIONS • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS DUCTWORK, DAMPERS, GRILLES • • • • SEE MEGHANICAL PLANS THERMOSTATS, CONTROLS • • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS AIR BALANCING • • • SEE MECHANICAL PLANS SPECIALTY SYSTEMS TELEPHONE SYSTEMS • • DUIT ROVIDE NEEDED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • MARSHALL PER FIRE STOREFRONT 516NA6E • • FINAL ELEC. CONN. BY G.G. FOOD SERVICE EQUIP. • • FINAL PLUMBING 4 ELEC. CONN. BY 64. GLASS WALL PANELS 4 H.W. • • INTERIOR GRAPHICS • • POS SYSTEM • • 9 -112 RECEIVED CiTY OF TUKWAALA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER L TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER z 0 N W •-• Z Q LL Z W J Els ZW VW � V a Ft' W H Z 0 Q W of Z L1.1 U CC In MI 1 :: s` u I'i.( LL co 0 Z rn rn d 4M) i 1 it T r i FM v lim I 0 7/10/100 KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4"=L-0" DRAWN BY: BGR PROJECT No.: TGBI2007 SP4 DEMOLITION KEYED NOTES o EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. EXISTING INTERIOR DOOR TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING HEADER TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING WATER HEATER TO BE REMOVED. GUT EXISTING PIPES /UTILITIES STUBS BELOW CONCRETE SLAB AND GAP POUR FILLER CONCRETE TO LEVEL OUT TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH. REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING MATERIALS FROM EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, EG: STAMPED ACRYLIC TOPPING, TILE, CARPET, TACK STRIP, ETC. SGAPE AND OR GRIND SLAB TO A SMOOTH FINISH READY TO RELIEVE NEW FLOOR FINISHES AS DESCRIBED IN THESE PLANS. WHERE DESIGNATED - REMOVE EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY, REMOVE ALL MEMBERS FROM PREVIOUS STRUCTURES ABOVE CEILING AREA (E.G.LIGHTING, OLD BRACING, TIE WIRES, OLD CONDUITS, ETC.) REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES WHERE DESIGNATED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. REMOVE EXISTING WALL FINISH DOWN TO ORIGINAL DRYWALL SURFACE EG: PANELING, WALL COVERING, SLATWALL, FURRING, ETC. REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT MATERIAL TO ACCOMMODATE NEW FINISHES AND MATERIALS REMAIN KEYED NOTES O O EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN. O EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. O EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION TO REMAIN. O EXISTING TENANT ELECTRICAL PANEL TO REMAIN. O EXISTING STRUCTURAL GROSS BRACING TO REMAIN G.C. DEMOLITION SUMMARY I G.G. AND /OR SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW THE EXISTING FACILITY TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQ'D. TO INSTALL THE NEW WORK. A WRITTEN OUTLINE OF ALL REQ'D. DEMOLITION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER DESCRIBING THE FOLLOWING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) . 2. CONDITION OF EXISTING SHEETROCK ON EXISTING DEMISING WALLS AND RECOMMENDATION OF WHETHER TO REMOVE EXISTING OR REUSE TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD. S. CONDITION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEM; FEASIBILITY OF REUSING, RELOCATION, OR RE- FURBISHING EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK; AND RECOMMENDATION OF REPLACEMENT, IF NECESSARY, PRIOR TO BID. 4. SUMMARIZE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES, ONCE REFURBISHED TO A LIKE -NEW CONDITION, ITEMIZE THE CREDIT TO THE CONTRACT. 5. ANY UNNOTED EXISTING CONDITION WHICH CONFLICTS WITH THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS AND MAY REQUIRE MODIFICATION, RELOCATION OR REMOVAL TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT SHALL SE INDENTIFIED 50 THE NECESSARY DRAWING REVISIONS MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT RQUIREMENTS. 6. IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, REFER TO GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES INDICATED ON SHEET SP -I, DIVISION 2 - DEMOLITION / BUILDING ALTERATION. GENERAL NOTES I. REMOVE ALL ITEMS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 2. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR ALTER ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DAMAGE OCCURS OR 15 DISCLOSED DURING DEMOLITION. S. IN ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS THAT ARE REMOVED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DISCONNECTING AT SOURCE AND REMOVING OR GAPPING ANY ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, GAS LINES AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK THAT 15 DISCLOSED AND NOT SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. REROUTE AND CONTINUE ANY SYSTEM THAT MUST BE RETAINED FOR ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS THAT ARE NOT IN THIS CONTRACT. 4. ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FOR EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT SOURCE AND REMOVED. 5. ALL GAS, WATER AND DRAIN LINES SUPPLYING EQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED, REMOVED AND GAPPED ABOVE CEILING OR BELOW FLOOR. IF CONTINUITY OF SYSTEM MUST BE MAINTAINED FOR USE BY ADJACENT AREAS, CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE, AS NECESSARY, TO BE BEHIND NEW CONSTRUCTION. (PATCH FLOOR BACK PRIOR TO TOPPING.) 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING FROM THE SITE, ALL RUBBLE AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION, AND DISPOSING OF IT IN A PROPER MANNER. "1. DEMISING PARTITION WORK TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. ALL INTERIOR DEMOLITION WORK TO BE BY TENANT'S G.G. S. REMOVE OR RELOCATE ANY SPRINKLER /SEWER /PLUMBING LINES, AS REQUIRED, IN FIELD PER LANDLORD'S AND /OR LOCAL AUTHORITY APPROVALS MUST USE LANDLORD'S REQUIRED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR FOR ALL RELOCATIONS q. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AS TO THE DISPOSITION OF ALL ITEMS TO BE REMOVED. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ALL CEILINGS, WALLS AND FLOORS, AS REQUIRED, TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. (G.C. TO MAINTAIN I -HOUR FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT TENANT'S SPACE WHEN REQUIRED). II. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4 BARRICADE W/ OWNER 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN A MIN. OF I- 2AIOSC FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITHIN 75' -O" OF WORK / PROJECT AREAS, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL. 15. WHEN REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PARTICIPATE IN RECYCLING PROGRAM TO REDUCE WASTE TO LANDFILLS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS W/ THE OWNER. 14. ALL DEMO WORK MUST BE CODE COMPLIANT AND SAFE AT REMOVAL STAGE. 15. ALL CONDUIT SUPPORTS THAT ARE EXISTING MUST BE REINSTALLED IF DAMAGED OR REMOVED. 16. ALL FLOOR FIXTURES, CABINETS STORE FIXTURES AND ITEMS LEFT BY PREVIOUS TENANT TO BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. ADJACENT TENANT DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - STOCK ROOM NOTE: 6.G. TO REPER TO MECHANICAL PLANS REGARDING REUSE OR REMOVAL OP HVAG EQUIPMENT 4 DUCT. ADJACENT TENANT DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN ADJACENT TENANT MALL MALL ADJACENT TENANT REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b 1?a=18•3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER NOTE: G.G. TO REPER TO MECHANICAL PLANS REGARDING REUSE OR REMOVAL OP HVAG EQUIPMENT 4 DUCT. i SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. via 00 00 s a1 O0 to 0 4 0 0 mc '13 vla a ) LI IN I es, -(13Ma 2 fig OONSUL11NG ENGINEER Z O I— Jr= DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SCALE: DRAWN BY: SHEET: 1/4"=11-0" BGR PROJECT No.: TCB1200"1 1.0 WALL TYPES EXTERIOR WALL TYPES O EXISTING DEMISING AND EXTERIOR WALL. TEN. 6.G. SHALL PATCH $ REPAIR AS REQUIRED. EXTERIOR GLAZING SYSTEMS INTERIOR PARTITION TYPES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 6" X 20 GA. MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 16" O.G. TO +6" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT (KITCHEN SIDE OF ALL WALLS SHALL RECEIVE (I) LAYER OF 5/8" F.R.T. PLY DUROCK 4 F.R.P. FINISH IN LIEU OF GYP. BD.) TAPE, SPACKLE AND PREP TO RECEIVE FINISHES AS SPECIFIED. AT RESTROOM LOCATIONS WALLS TO RECEIVE WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. O 2' -IO" HIGH 1/4" THK. HARDIBAGKER BOARD OVER 6" X 20 A. MTL. STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.G. TAPE, SPACKLE AND SAND SMOOTH TO RECEIVE FINISHES AS SPECIFIED. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" X 20 6A. MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 16" O.G. TO +6" ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT (KITCHEN SIDE OF ALL WALLS SHALL RECEIVE (I) LAYER OF 5/8" F.R.T. PLY WD., DUROCK * F.R.P. FINISH IN LIEU OF GYP. BD.) TAPE, SPACKLE 4 PREP TO RECEIVE FINISHES AS SPECIFIED. AT RESTROOM LOCATIONS WALLS TO RECEIVE WATER RESISTANT GYP. BP. GENERAL PLAN NOTES: I. SI6NAGE TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT. 2. G.C. TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE DIFFERENT FROM THE FIELD CONDITIONS. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROPERLY PATCH ANY WALL PENETRATIONS. 4. 6.G. TO PROPERLY PATCH AND REPAIR FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS WHERE DEMOLITION OR DAMAGE HAS OCCURED. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND LOW - VOLTAGE PERMITTING WITH DATA CABLING AND SECURITY VENDORS. 6. G.G. TO COORDINATE GABLE AND POWER FOR T.Y. 1. INPILL FLOORING AT EXISTING DRAIN LOCATIONS AND PREPARE FOR NEW FLOORING. 8. SEE SHEET A2.O FOR ALL FIXTURES AND SCHEDULE. 9. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT ALL DOOR JAMBS, OPENINGS AND END OF WALL TERMINATIONS PER OWNER GUIDELINES. 10. PROVIDE 3 STUDS AT ALL CORNERS PER OWNER GUIDELINES. II. USE 5/4" GOLD ROLL BRIDGING TO BRACE METAL STUD WALLS. 12. THE WALK IN COOLER IS TO BE LISTED AND APPROVED BY AN ACCEPTABLE TESTING LAB. 13. ALL METAL STUDS SHALL BE "ANGELES METAL SYSTEMS" METAL STUDS AS PER IGBO REPORT NO 1715P OR EQUAL, NOTE ALL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 14. STUD -TO -SLAB FASTENERS SHALL BE "HILTI" BRAND SDF OR ESP SERIES, POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS, PER IGBO #2588 OR EQUAL. 15. STUD -TO -STUD, TO EXIST. STRUCTURE FASTENERS SHALL BE "I.T.W. BUILDEX" SELF - TAPPING TEK- SCREWS 16. PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WET AREAS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. TAPE, SEAL AND PREP TO ACCEPT FINISH. DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME COMMENTS V IAL{ D 2 z X IU z I I ql 2 d 1 X W� 2 V F z II_ W !L o[ z u- W _ M D -1 N A 3' -O" 1' -0" WD/PLST 3/4" PL -2 2 S.S. SATIN I I, 3, 4, 1 D -2 E B 3' -0" 1' -0" H.M. - - - H.M. PTV. EX 5, 8 • 11' -4" COMMENTS I. PROVIDE LOCKABLE DEADEOLT 2. GYP. BD. SURROUND; REINFORCE FRAME AS NEEDED 3. HARDWARE BY MANUFACTURER, 6.G. INSTALLED 4. DOUBLE SWING TYPE 5. HARDWARE BY G.C. (U.N.0) 6. FRAME COLOR TO MATCH DOOR 1. PIVOT HINGES 8. REPAIR HARDWARE AS REQ. DOOR HARDWARE TYPES HARDWARE TYPE I: KEYED CYLINDER ON MALL SIDE THUMB TURN ON BACK ROOM SIDE REMAINING HARDWARE BY MFR. DOOR NOTES I. STRAIGHT DEADBOLTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THROW OF I" AND AN EMBODIMENT OF NOT LESS THAN 5/8" 2. A HOOK - SHAPED OR AN EXPANDING LUG DEADBOLTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THROW OF 3/4" 3. EXIT HARDWARE: ALL EXITS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INTERIOR OF TENANTS SPACE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. NO MANUALLY OPERATED\ EDGE OR SURFACE BOLTS SHALL BE USED 4. MAXIMUM PULL. FORGES FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE: INTERIOR DOORS = 5.0 LBS. FORGE EXTERIOR DOORS = 5.0 LBS FORGE 5ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL HAVE A SATIN ALUMINUM FINISH. 6A DURABLE SIGN WITH LETTERING ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND WILL BE PLACED OVER ENTRANCES STATING "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" 7. ALL LATGHSETS SHALL BE LEVER TYPE. 8. ALL HARDWARE SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN'S WITH DISABILITY ACT OR ANSI AIII.1 WHICHEVER 15 MORE RESTRICTIVE. 9. NEW DOORS IN OPENINGS TO BE POSITIONED SO THAT THERE IS 8" FROM HINGE TO CORNER OR CENTERED IN THE ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DOOR & FRAME TYPES 9 . .... , . / TYPE 'A' TYPE 'B' NEW DOUBLE ACTING TRAFFIC EXISTING HOLLOW IMPACT STAINLESS STEEL 3/4" METAL POOR, WD. SOLID GORE ELIASON (6.C. TO PAINT ) DOOR W/ RECTANGULAR LITE 21. 211 21. 2 11 I MTL. IHOLLOW STAINLESS FRAME, STEEL FRAME TYPE '1' METAL FRAME, PAINT TYPE '2' METAL FRAME, PAINT • 1f m ADJACENT TENANT ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN Moll =NB 1848 . � c . m STOCK ROOM WALK-IN COOLER M 1848 103 A- D -2 3' -4 1/2" ILLUMINATED EXIST 4 NEW O EXIT SIGN ELEC. PANEL ABOVE. , I3' -II 1/2" • 11' -4" DIMENSIONED PLAN EXISTING STRUCTURAL GROSS BRACING MALL REMOTE STOCK ROOM 10 SALES P03 STATION, SEE FIXTURE PLAN t AND SCHEDULE 12' -2 1/4" MALL 28' -1 I/4" 14' -9 1/2" 0 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 4r111\ EXIST. SERVICE AREA TO BE DEMOL 'SHED. REFER TO DEMO. PLAN. SALES m 4" ' -I 3/4" 4" ' -I 3/4' 4" 4" 3/4' . ' -I 3/4' I 1/4" 0 60" X 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (TYP.) 5' -0' GLR. ADJACENT TENANT EXIST. EXTERIOR WALL I uuIMIIIIIiIIIMM 111111111111uw11M.[j ∎wu�u � I 11 j • u EX ST 4 NEW ELEC. PANEL I' -6" Vit 11' NEW MOP SINK W/ WATER HEATER ASV. SEE PLUMBING PLANS ADJACENT TENANT ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN ABOVE. EXIST. EXTERIOR WALL DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN 29' -3" 3 /4" MALL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" QirligliN b1L93 RECEIVED ,. CITY OF TUKIMLA JUL 112012 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject io copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L C INC Cli to 10.0 c � • M � p t vi o M CONSULTING ENGINEER SEATTLE, WA 98188 0 [SNy DATE: cc 0 0 J LL W Z Z LU rn3"'E Din s co co co c 03• i 112 14: of To LL 8 c§ 8 Z co o) 8 KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: 1/4"?-11-0" BGR • PROJECT No.: TGB12001 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DESIGNATION QNTY DESCRIPTION MODEL -r SOFT SERVE MACHINE STOELTIN6 #F23I K5 O NOT USED - K4 I GOLD FOOD PAN SANDELL 49925SGA K5 I FOOD WARMER SERVER #81230 K"!A I FOOD WARMER SERVER #81290 K115 LOT UNDERGOUNTER WIRE SHELVES METRO RACK (VARIES) K9 LOT WIRE SHELVES METRO RACK (VARIES) KIO /II i S/S WORK TABLE 24" x 24" WORK TABLE K12 LOT DRY WIRE SHELVES METRO RACK (VARIES) KI3 LOT WALL WIRE SHELVING METRO SMART WALL K14 I 3 COMP SINK EXISTING KI"I I PRE -RINSE UNIT EXISTING KI1AI I PRE -RINSE ACCESS. EXISTING K1113I I LEVER WASTE EXISTING K -iGI I SINGLE COMP SINK JOHN BOOS I5244 -I1724L K15 I FAUCET T -S BRASS 50231 KI5,4 I LEVER WASTE T -S BRASS 83952 K15 = I HAND SINK JOHN BOOS PEHS-104-14101° KM 0 NOT USED - K20 IK204 o NOT USED - 0 NOT USED - K21 I FREEZER SINGLE DOOR BEVERAGE AIR K25 I COOLER DOUBLE DOOR BEVERAGE AIR K5I I WALK IN COOLER NORLAKE #NLI147761SA -A K52 I MOP SINK ADVANCE TABGO #41- 0P -40 -K -245 K33 I SIDE SPLASH K54 GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL ALL /ANY REQUIRED BACKING PER PLAN INCLUDING SACKING FOR ALL SHELVING, MILLWORK WALL HUNG ITEMS PER SPECS. 2. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLANS FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING DEMISING WALL ADJACENT TENANT G.G. TO PROVIDE WALK -IN COOLER TO WALL CLOSURE DETAIL PER MFR. OF WALK -IN EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN - MALL EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL FIXTURE PLAN - REMOTE STOCK ROOM ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER MIN. 24" DEEP X 36" LONG AT 34" HI6H A.F.F. ADJACENT TENANT HAND SINK REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 41r111\ MALL SALES 100 K5 I LARGE 4 I SMALL CUP DISPENSER AND I NAPKIN DISPENSERS FLOOR SINK \ FLUSH W/ FLOOR EXISTING —� DEMISING WALL NEW MOP SINK AND WATER HEATER FLOOR SINK FLUSH W/ FLOOR BACK ROOM EXISTING STRUCTURAL K12 HAND SINK ADJACENT TENANT FIXTURE / EQUIPMENT PLAN K14 KI3 EXISTING DEMISING WALL K25 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 41FirliN b 1)--wl 8 3 CtIVED1 CITY R F TUKWILA JUL 112012 PERMIT CENTER TCBI 2007\ COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER tn z 0 T +1 480 998 4200 DATE: KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: 1/4 " =1' -0" AA2,0 15GR PROJECT No.: TG1512OO1 V• v• �v NEW TENANT TILE WA NEW GROUT TO EXISTING MALL TILE EXISTING MALL TILE \ \ \. \\ \•. \. ••o p • 0 TENANT TILE TO MALL TILE SCALE: HALF SIZE 4 I/2" WEATHER STOP LOW PROFILE ALUM. THRESHOLD TENANT SEAL. UNDER THRESHOLD 2 MAX • A EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB DOOR THRESHOLD 4. d EXTERIOR EXISTING EXTERI OR CONCRETE _ X SEAL UNDER THRESHOLD WALL FINISH PER PLANS NEW 5/6" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 2O6A. MTL. STUD FRAMING, @ 16" O.G. NEW 6" HIGH VINYL BASE FLOOR FINISH PER PLAN N.T.S. VINYL BASE DETAIL BACK ROOM SEALED CONCRETE .a o• X 2 4. I MAX SCALE: N.T.S. SALES SCHLUTER RENO -RAMP 100 -865 METALLIC TRANSITION STRIP NEW TILE • o " d . a a• • EXIST. GONG. SLAB . dv CONCRETE TO TILE TRANSITION - WALK -IN BOX PANEL SEALANT, BOTH SIDES, TYP. SCALE: N.T.S. 6" HIGH I6 GA. STAINLESS STEEL BASE SILICONE AT FLOOR SEALED CONCRETE 77..„---- Pv.. . a• O.. p. EXISTING GONG. SLAB PROVIDE FLOORING AND INSULATION AS REQ'D. BY WALK -IN MFR. BASE DETAIL @ WALK -IN COOLER SCALE: HALF SIZE ADJACENT TENANT SEALED CONCRETE WALK -IN COOLER MALL FLOOR FINISH PLAN - REMOTE STOCK ROOM GENERAL NOTES: 6.C. TO GLEAN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB, SEAL, PREPARE AND PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEV' FLOOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE. SEE SHEET SP4 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE ADJACENT TENANT • --- SALES 100: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 071-1123111111 — SERVICE AREA 101 'li! • NEW FLOOR INK S' -2 1/2" =00, FLOOR FINISH PLAN • ADJACENT TENANT I BACK ROOM 102 II \II 111111 1101 lyti ev, SEALED CONCRETE NEW FLOOR SINK • SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" MALL GENERAL NOTES: G.C. TO GLEAN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB, SEAL, PREPARE AND PATCH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH PER SCHEDULE. SEE SHEET SP4 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. EXISTING MALL FLOORIN TO BE PROTECTED, PATCHED AND REPAIRED AS NEEDED TO MATCH EIXSTING AMLL FLOORING. EXISTING MALL FLOORING SHALL EXTEND INTO TENANT ENTRY, VERSTIBULE AND UP TO THE UNDERNEATH CENTERLINE OF THE TENANT ENTRY/DOORS. A SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" l�l.Z 183 CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L. w C 4, s a, C 4a up O • M W Vf 0 V tli W ' 3 gn CD' CONSULTING ENGINEER Z 0 :I: 1f) d M E .4 tor; 1 co la 0 re,6 i 4 . WALL tc tii) I S Z cci rn DATE: KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: I /4 " =I' -0" BGR A3.0 PROJECT No.: TGB 1200'1 CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND KEY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. LAMP MOUNTING REMARKS A3 2'X4' LENSED STATIC, FLUORESCENT TROFFER, MULTI -VOLT, .125 ACRYLIC DIFFUSER TEXAS FLOURESGENTS 131AI25332MV (3) 32W T6/835 GRID - A3E 2'X4' LENSED STATIC FLUORESCENT TROFFER, 120V, .125 ACRYLIC DIFFUSER, W/ EMERGENCY 610 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP TEXAS FLOURESGENTS 131AI25332E120 -EM (3) 32W T8/835 GRID 120V, 500 LUMEN BATTERY BACKUP B A r PENDANT MOUNTED BARBELL L161-1T - CUSTOM FIXTURE FROM TGBY APPROVED MFR. - PENDANT MOUNT BOTTOM OF SHADE AT +q' -o" AFF D2 0 6" RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLI6HT W/ CLEAR REFLECTOR 4 WHITE TRIM RING, WITH BAR HANGERS INTENSE IFV626E -1200 IG600G (I) 26W DTT/TRT 4- PIN /835 REGE55ED TO BE RECESSED IN HAW LID GEILIN6, USE 1100 BAR HANGERS FOR RECESSING IN GRID CEILING. D2E 0 6" RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLI&HT W/ CLEAR REFLECTOR 4 WHITE TRIM. EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK (650 LUMEN) W/ 410 MINUTE OPERATION INTENSE IFV626E- 1200 -EM IG600C (I) 261N DTT /TRT 4- PIN /835 RECESSED TO BE RECESSED IN HARD LID CEILING, USE IIOO BAR HANGERS FOR RECESSING IN GRID CEILING. D5 DUAL -HEAD RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LED AMERLUX HORNET -R -212- LED -E -WT- 120- SP -SP -WT -3000 (2) 12W LED RECESSED 0 0 D4 0 2.25" MINI DOWNLIGHT JUNO MDIL- 3K -FL -INN INTEGRAL LED (4.6W) RECESSED REMOTE 12V POWER SUPPLY REQUIRED L HIGH POWER LED LIGHT BAR W/ REMOTE POWER SUPPLY, 3500K GGT, 25D X 60D ASYMMETRIC BEAM DISTRIBUTION LED POWER 8 PHILLIPS ADVANCE (3) AL- HB446- WARP -25 (4) AL -HB40 LTW48 M$F -2 (6) AL -HB40 ADJ. BRACKET (2) AL -HB40 LTW 12" FE -2P (2) PHILLIPS PS- LEDINTA0024V41F0 LED, SYSTEM WATTS: 4116W SURFACE REMOTE POWER SUPPLY TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 12' P -. 24' LOW VOLTAGE FLEXIBLE GABLE MOUNTED TRACK SYSTEM CON-TECH (3) GR24168 -S (8' L -TRACK WITH END GAPS) (q) GR52g43 -5 (GABLE GEILIN6 CONNECTION -SFT.) (8) CRS- MAGQR -5 (QUICK RELEASE ADAPTER) (2) CRS2g5 -S (TRACK INTERCONNECTION ADAPTER) (I) CR52413 -5 (POWER FEED) (I) CRS- FEEDWIRE -6M -S (61,4 LEAD WIRE) (I) 12V REMOTE TRANSFORMER (SIZED AS NECESSARY) N/A GABLE SUSPENDED MOUNT RAIL AT +q' -6" AFF .- PI 0 120V GLASS SHADE MONO -POINT PENDANT - CUSTOM FIXTURE FROM TGBY APPROVED MFR. _ - MOUNT BOTTOM OF SHADE AT +5' -6" AFF P2 BIMA SPOT 12V TRACK HEAD TO BE APPLIED TO TYPE 'P' TRACK SYSTEM CON -TECH GR56g7QR -5 IOW MRI6 LED (PHILIPS 41418 -41) RAIL PER LAYOUT SOLID SYMBOL LIGHT I5 DIRECTED AT MESSAGE WALL OPEN SYMBOL LIGHT 15 DIRECT AT TOPPING BAR XI 1.** UNIVERSAL MOUNTED DIE CAST LED EXIT SIGN WITH 410 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP, BLACK HOUSING, ALUMINUM FACE. FRONT OF HOUSE EXITRONIX 4000 -WB -15L LED X2 - 1.1- UNIVERSAL MOUNTED DIE CAST LED EXIT S16N WITH 610 MINUTE BATTERY BACK -UP, WHITE HOUSING, WHITE FACE. BACK OF HOUSE EXITRONIX 4000 -WB -WW LED ZI O INDOOR/OUTDOOR EMERGENCY LIGHT DUAL LITE PGA LED WALL FINISH DEPENDS ON SURROUNDING ARCHITECTURE OF BUILDING. NMECHANICAL RETURN AIR DIFFUSER SEE MECHANICAL DINGS. ):(. MECHANICAL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SEE MECHANICAL DINGS. NOTES: I. PROVIDE GROMMET AT ALL GEILINS, PENETRATIONS FOR FIXTURES /SUPPORT. 2. PAINT ALL EXPOSED HVAC DUCTS, HVAC DIFFUSERS, AND RECESSED SPEAKERS THE SAME COLOR AS THE CEILING OR SOFFIT, TYPICAL THROU6HTOUT THE PUBLIS AREAS OF THE STORE. 3. LEAVE (10) ADDITIONAL RETAIL GEILIN6 TILES TO MATCH THE RETAIL CEILING ABOVE THE WORKROOM GEILIN6 AT MANAGER'S DESK FOR FUTURE USE. 4. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINT SCHEDULE. 5. COORDINATE DUCT LOCATION AND DIFFUSERS SIZE WITH MECHANICAL DINGS. 6. DIFFUSERS AND RETURNS AT BACK BAR TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT GEILIN6 COLOR. -r. CENTER EMERGENCY / EXIT LIGHTING ABOVE DOORS U.N.O. 8. ALL DOWNLI6HTS IN GEILIN6 TILE GRIDS ARE TO BE LOCATED CENTERLINE OF THE TILE AS SHOWN. q. G.C. TO CONFIRM WITH OWNER ON ANY T.V. MONITOR LOCATIONS AND THE NEED FOR ANY AN CABLING. REFER TO SHEET 5P4 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. 24" X 48" SUSPENDED T -BAR CEILING W/ VINYL COATED GYP. BD. LAY -IN PANELS - 24" x 48" RECESSED FLUOR. L I6HT P I XTURE SET INTO NEV SUSPENDED T -BAR GEILIN6. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS. +10' -0' 3E REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - REMOTE STOCK ROOM PROVIDE OPENING IN CHEVRON FOR RECESSING TRACK L 16HTI N6 NEV' SUSPENDED DECORATIVE CHEVRON REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4' -0" 4' -O" I' -5" NMI REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 24" x 48" RECESSED FLUOR. LIGHT FIXTURE SET INTO NEW SUSPENDED T -BAR CEILING. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS. 24" X 48" SUSPENDED T -BAR CEILING W/ VINYL COATED GYP. BD. LAY -IN PANELS btiolftor SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" ( 3 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -0" 411? R CI:iVED CITY OF TUKWLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCBI2007. COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection Includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. 00 C OD s d 00 al 5 Hen va w :10 � W 14 OS CD al in M CONSULTING ENGINEER I z 0 1 Z W V W W ..1 LL. W v re. is IL. KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: 1/4 " =1' -0" A4 0 BGR TGBI2DD1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII0 ■uiu■iu■u■uu■uu ■ uuuuuir LAY -IN CEILING TILES 4 GRIP SYSTEM I %" GYP. BD. OVER 3 %" X 206A. MTL. STUD FRAMING ® lb" O.G.- NEW F.R.P. PANEL —S I' PAINTED 5 /e" GYP. BD. OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING ® lb" O.G. PER PLAN r- SOLID SURFACE 'HANEX' 5 -013 HYDRA 3 %" x 206A. MTL. STUD FRAMIN6- 0 0 VARIES SEE PLAN 5(6" PIA. HOLE IN GLASS PANEL FOR MOUNTING Y8" GAP BETWEEN PANELS STANDOFF SYSTEM 100% ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALL MALL BULKHEAD W/ 1/2" X 1/2" METAL REVEAL +15' -0" B.O. MALL BULKHEAD "PORGELANOSA " 'CRYSTAL FLOOR WHITE' TILE THINSET ON CEMENT BOARD 5 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING ® 16" O.G. -1/2" CEMENT BOARD BACKING. 3 5/8" MTL. STUD BRACING AT 48" O.G. Ul TENANT DOWNLIGHT PER RCP - BRAKE EDGE -LARGE AND SMALL CUP DISPENSERS 5(6" DIA. HOLE IN GLASS PANEL FOR MOUNTING STANDOFF SYSTEM 100% ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALL t CI 6 �--- SOLID n SURFACE o r°+ ' HANEX' S -OI5 n HYDRA CUP DISPENSER PLAN VIEW SCALE: 3 "= I' -O" SECTION @ YOGURT WALL CUP DISPENSER Mb w 9 +11' -2 "ic B.O. C.L. G 3/8" ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHING EDGE: #AIOOAT615 BY "SGHLUTER" MALL LEASE LINE +0' -0" F.F. I' -O" NAPKIN DISPENSERS SMALL CUP DISPENSER LARGE CUP DISPENSER g - YOGURT MACHINE BY "STOELTI N6" NEOPRENE GASKET STAINLESS STEEL BRAKE -MTL. CLOSURE FRAME - #4 FINISH VERTICAL GRAIN (TYP.) -5/g," GYP. BD. OVER STUD FRAMING ® Ib" O.G. PER PLAN BRAKE-MTL. FRAME DETAIL SCALE: 8 "e��_��� SGALE: 3 " =1' -O" SCALE: 1"=1'-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LAY -IN CEILING TILES + GRID SYSTEM %" GYP. BD. OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING ® lb" O.G. PER PLANS MACHINE POWER CONNECTION (EA. SIDE) MACHINE WALL RETURN W/ F.R.P. PANEL ON ALL SIDES 4111 1._1111111II111 1 11 1 1 1Il' VARIES SEE PLAN 5f'6" DIA. HOLE IN GLASS PANEL FOR MOUNTING Ye" 6AP BETWEEN PANELS - STANDOFF SYSTEM 100% ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALL W/ I NTERMED I ATE BLOCKING NOTE: THE 6.C. TO CONFIRM FINAL YOGURT MACHINE OPENING DIMENSIONS W/ CONCEPT SERVICES BASED ON THE YOGURT MACHINE ORDERED, PRIOR TO FINAL OPENING BEING FRAMED. NEW YOGURT MACHINE BY "STOELTIN6" 0 0 = k. = = e= s ® o CV o ® < O o • o I ® o • • 1 0 vo 0 0 • SECTION @ YOGURT WALL - PAINT GYP. 5D. FINISH PER ELEVATION BEHIND 1/4" THK. TEMPERED GLASS 186A. STAINLESS STEEL BRAKE -MTL. CLOSURE FRAME - #4 FINISH %" GYP. BD. OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING ® 16" 0.C. PER PLANS 0 TENANT 0 MALL BULKHEAD W/ 1/2" X 1/2" METAL REVEAL +15' -0" B.O. MALL BULKHEAD "PORCELANOSA " 'CRYSTAL FLOOR WHITE' TILE THINSET ON CEMENT BOARD 3 5 /5" 20 A. METAL STUD FRAMING ® lb" O.G. - I/2" CEMENT BOARD BACKING. Ul 3 5 /5" MTL. STUD BRACING AT 48" 0.G. n +1 1' -2" B.0. GL6.� 3/8" ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHING EDGE: #AIOOAT615 BY "SGHLUTER" MALL —LEASE LINE +0' -0" F.F. YOGURT MACHINE BY " STOELTI NG" I86A. STAINLESS STEEL BRAKE -MTL. CLOSURE FRAME - #4 FINISH STANDOFF SYSTEM 100% ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALL W/ INTERMEDIATE BLOCKING 5/I6" DIA. HOLE IN GLASS PANEL FOR MOUNTING 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER STUD FRAMING ® lb" O.G. PER PLAN 1/4" CLEAR GLAZING PER SPECS. F.R.P. OVER 5/8" GYP. BD YOGURT WALL SILL SCALE: 5"=1'-0" • ■��fF= ZI I 1111111111111.11illiill 1111 11 YOGURT WALL HEAD F.R.P. OVER 5/8" GYP. BD /5" GYP. BD. OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING lb" O.G. PER PLAN 5/I6" DIA. HOLE IN GLASS PANEL FOR MOUNTING STANDOFF SYSTEM 100% ANCHORAGE TO STUD WALL W/ INTERMEDIATE BLOCKING 156A. STAINLESS STEEL BRAKE -MTL. CLOSURE FRAME - #4 FINISH YOGURT MACHINE BY "STOELTING" SCALE: 3 " =I' -O" 3 G.R. LAURENCE STANDOFF ASSEMBLY GAP: GAPI2155 I/2 "0. STANDOFF BASE: 508121285, I/2 "0 1/2" STUD LENGTH (TYP) :/ /5" Z H biIi3 GLAZING AT YOGURT WALL SCALE: 1"=1'-0" POLISHED EDGE CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS (TYP) PROVIDE 5/16 "0 HOLES IN GLASS PANELS FOR MOUNTING CITY OF TUKWILA SC,p)Ut: 4, i$ Int2 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L d ao co u L. p d 0 Eli 441 wInc = al i= 3 W rZ In OS eti 2 to if) CONSULTING ENGINEER Z 0 1 Z 0 G W CC H v c 1 . limi 0 1-1 IC i 116 1 9926 7/"a/1Z KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: AS NOTED BPB TGB12001 5.0 6.C. TO PROV. BACKING FOR ALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT AS REQ'D. B -I INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 RP- O I O D -1 INTERIOR ELEVATION NEW 8 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS, REFER TO ELETGRIGAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. P -5 �~ 1 � .... - - ' NEW WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING DINGS. INTER METRO SHELVING PER KITCHEN DINGS. KITH - I! I > � NEW SHELF W/ 6" MTh. STUDS 18 A. OI AT 16" O.G. W/ U F.R.T. PLYWOOD AND FRP -I FINISH NEW MOP SINK 11 D -2 .�._ ,. _____ � 1 o / /; J .,... __ ___ __ . _ r r r r r.- ^r.- +. -. r... rrrrr...- . ....... ,• -.r, -- rr..... r r rrr. -..-. r r .-.r.- r r L. ,- ,- , •- ,-- B -I INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 RP- O I O D -1 INTERIOR ELEVATION NEW 8 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS, REFER TO ELETGRIGAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. P -5 INT. ELEVATION 6" HIGH VINYL BASE EXISTING REAR ENTRY DOOR * FRAME SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O 1 O /2\ PROV. STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD FOR PLUMBING PIPING 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO " MATCH FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATION NEW 8 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS, REFER TO ELETGRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. NEW MILLWORK FRONT COUNTER W/ WD. VENEER AND 5.5. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 6.G. TO PROV. BACKING FOR ALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT AS REG'D. INTERIOR ELEVATION 11/2" X 4" TRIM 2 NEW WALL MOUNTED ILLUMINATED SI&NAGE AND GRAPHIC BY SI&NAGE CONTRACTOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION INT. ELEVATION SCALE: I/4 " =1' -O" SCALE: I/4 "=I'-0 " YOGURT MACHINE BY "STOELTI NG" 6" HIGH VINYL BASE SCALE: I/4 "= I' -O" CHAMFERED "QUIRGK ED6E" TILE SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O -0 NEW 5I6NA6E BY 2 SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT II-III/4" SIZED PER LOCAL CODE 8 ORDINANCES (1 BEHIND GLASS in NEW WALL MOUNTED 6 PANELS (TYP.) m NEW PANEL DECAL - n\ n - �_( LAZING EQ. EQ. E. EQ. EQ. EQ. II lJ L/ �ro'c ±—rr `I .}J I�Gir lli;r lilri 'i r $irli 'a 11111A 'iI101 11 Iii ll 114 !AIVV/2.,,t` .VAN!! III TENANT BLADE SIGN' TOP OF SIGN AT /�'" / d 5.0 NEW YOGURT MACHINES STOREFRONT ELEVATION NEW STAINLESS FILLER PANEL. (TYP. OF BOTH SIDES OF YOGART MACHINES) O I O �k ilII�; ItrLlill� lQi iIIli = I NEW YOGURT MACHINES INTERIOR ELEVATION P -S 0 D -1 SCALE: 1/4 "= I' -0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROV. STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD : FOR PLUMBING PIPING 6" HI6H TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR INT. ELEVATION 1 .... - - .... ... . -. „y4..... '� - '.ncY- 'erlsc a., - z- .y -T..�s C r r ,., r r r r r r r r..- >r.-+r.- r r rr r r r r.-. r r r r r r.- ,, r r r r r r,, rr r r r, -,r.- ,..+ ,, r r r r r r,.., r r w.....,....+ r,... r •-■ ..... r r r r r w .-s .-� ;..., r r ..+ ...... r,-.,- .rrr.- ,- •.- .,- ,. -�r.- rrr.- .rrrrr,-- .rrr....r.- rrrrrrrrr,.-rrrrr.- rrrrrrr,- ,rrr.- ,rr. -,.- rr- .r...•rr_,..,rr_....r_.�rr_.- r ry .- ,-• r r r r' r r r rJ.•�r- ••",,- �•r -•r,- rr .r... r r r r rr,- -r.�, -•r.- r r r r r r r r,- r r N•, r r r.- r r r r r r r r r r rw r Yr r,- rrrrrrrr,- D -2 a�^'�:•r,2 erxtzsa ., v - .. : .....:�;,•,,-ii;„2 _ .. -..., a� o / /; .,... p I r r r r r rrr, --,,, rr,-+r rrrrr rrrrr INT. ELEVATION 6" HIGH VINYL BASE EXISTING REAR ENTRY DOOR * FRAME SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O 1 O /2\ PROV. STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD FOR PLUMBING PIPING 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO " MATCH FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATION NEW 8 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS, REFER TO ELETGRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. NEW MILLWORK FRONT COUNTER W/ WD. VENEER AND 5.5. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR 6.G. TO PROV. BACKING FOR ALL SHELVING AND EQUIPMENT AS REG'D. INTERIOR ELEVATION 11/2" X 4" TRIM 2 NEW WALL MOUNTED ILLUMINATED SI&NAGE AND GRAPHIC BY SI&NAGE CONTRACTOR STOREFRONT ELEVATION INT. ELEVATION SCALE: I/4 " =1' -O" SCALE: I/4 "=I'-0 " YOGURT MACHINE BY "STOELTI NG" 6" HIGH VINYL BASE SCALE: I/4 "= I' -O" CHAMFERED "QUIRGK ED6E" TILE SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" O -0 NEW 5I6NA6E BY 2 SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT II-III/4" SIZED PER LOCAL CODE 8 ORDINANCES (1 BEHIND GLASS in NEW WALL MOUNTED 6 PANELS (TYP.) m NEW PANEL DECAL - n\ n - �_( LAZING EQ. EQ. E. EQ. EQ. EQ. II lJ L/ �ro'c ±—rr `I .}J I�Gir lli;r lilri 'i r $irli 'a 11111A 'iI101 11 Iii ll 114 !AIVV/2.,,t` .VAN!! III TENANT BLADE SIGN' TOP OF SIGN AT /�'" / d 5.0 NEW YOGURT MACHINES STOREFRONT ELEVATION NEW STAINLESS FILLER PANEL. (TYP. OF BOTH SIDES OF YOGART MACHINES) O I O �k ilII�; ItrLlill� lQi iIIli = I NEW YOGURT MACHINES INTERIOR ELEVATION P -S 0 D -1 SCALE: 1/4 "= I' -0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROV. STAINLESS STEEL SHROUD : FOR PLUMBING PIPING 6" HI6H TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR INT. ELEVATION 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" WALK -IN COOLER BOX, PROVIDE FLASHING TO ADJACENT WALLS AND CEILING. SCALE: 1/4 "= I' -0" O O 4 HORI Z. GRAIN Alk 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR MT -I NEW MILLWORK FRONT COUNTER W/ WD. VENEER AND 5.5. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR SCALE: I/4 "= I' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" INT. ELEVATION 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR RP- BEYOND IN. SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" 1 .... - - .... ... . -. „y4..... '� - '.ncY- 'erlsc a., - z- .y -T..�s C r r ,., r r r r r r r r..- >r.-+r.- r r rr r r r r.-. r r r r r r.- ,, r r r r r r,, rr r r r, -,r.- ,..+ ,, r r r r r r,.., r r w.....,....+ r,... r •-■ ..... r r r r r w .-s .-� ;..., r r ..+ ...... r,-.,- .rrr.- ,- •.- .,- ,. -�r.- rrr.- .rrrrr,-- .rrr....r.- rrrrrrrrr,.-rrrrr.- rrrrrrr,- ,rrr.- ,rr. -,.- rr- .r...•rr_,..,rr_....r_.�rr_.- r ry .- ,-• r r r r' r r r rJ.•�r- ••",,- �•r -•r,- rr .r... r r r r rr,- -r.�, -•r.- r r r r r r r r,- r r N•, r r r.- r r r r r r r r r r rw r Yr r,- rrrrrrrr,- ;us � °_sar a�^'�:•r,2 erxtzsa ., v - .. : .....:�;,•,,-ii;„2 _ .. -..., a� . .,... r r r r r rrr, --,,, rr,-+r rrrrr rrrrr r r r r r.- ^r.- +. -. r... rrrrr...- . ....... ,• -.r, -- rr..... r r rrr. -..-. r r .-.r.- r r ,- ,- , •- ,-- 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" WALK -IN COOLER BOX, PROVIDE FLASHING TO ADJACENT WALLS AND CEILING. SCALE: 1/4 "= I' -0" O O 4 HORI Z. GRAIN Alk 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR MT -I NEW MILLWORK FRONT COUNTER W/ WD. VENEER AND 5.5. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES BY MILLWORK CONTRACTOR SCALE: I/4 "= I' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" INT. ELEVATION 6" HIGH TILE BASE TO MATCH FLOOR RP- BEYOND IN. SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" WALK -IN COOLER BOX, PROVIDE FLASHING TO ADJACENT WALLS AND GEILIN6. INT. ELEVATION RECEIVED .. CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: I/4 "= I' -O" TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. a) I- C a) C O • M w 41/ INC H - V Vf VI di R tvol CONSULTING ENGINEER vi z N H Z W J W W H Z N(N g 20 c.„ jib inn co 8 .4, co 8 0 Z KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4"=r--0" DRAWN BY: BGR PROJECT No.: TGBI200'1 .0 t tart 'i tt tl lttlltttttlltllltiltllllttl tliill1itttllilltttlltttttt Nat ice_. litilllllltttlittttltl / \IIJ-: N.- rr.dr,- ,A+r� rr�r✓�- WALK -IN COOLER BOX, PROVIDE FLASHING TO ADJACENT WALLS AND GEILIN6. INT. ELEVATION RECEIVED .. CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: I/4 "= I' -O" TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. a) I- C a) C O • M w 41/ INC H - V Vf VI di R tvol CONSULTING ENGINEER vi z N H Z W J W W H Z N(N g 20 c.„ jib inn co 8 .4, co 8 0 Z KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4"=r--0" DRAWN BY: BGR PROJECT No.: TGBI200'1 .0 EXISTING METAL PAN DECK. CONT. 20 6A SLOTTED DEEP LEG TRACK ATTACH TO METAL STRAPS. #IO SELF TAPPIN6 TEK SCREWS 0 I6" O.G.• (ICBO *ER 4945P) BRACING DETAIL FOR FLOOR SUPPORTED FRAMING ONLY! UNISTRUT PI000 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP #PI586. USE UNISTRUT P1005, W/ WIDE BASE FLANGE, AT CONDITIONS WHERE SOFFIT JI GROSSES TRUSSES. -I/2" MIN. FOR DEFLECTION. (2) #8 TEK SCREWS AT EA. CONNECTION. CONTINUOUS 20 GA. TOP TRACK (ICBO *ER 4943 P.) EXISTING JOIST. -3 5/8" X 20 G.A. METAL- STUDS 0 16" O.G. ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE USE UNISTRUT PI000 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP #PI386. (ASTM A56, C105) WHERE CONNECTION 15 PARALLEL TO JOISTS UNISTRUT P1005, W/ WIDE BASE FLANGE, AT CONDITIONS WHERE CONNECTION GROSSES TRUSSES. SOT. OF GYP. BD. CEILING 3/8" DIA. THREADED ROD AT 48" O.G. MAX. EACH WAY Y FINISH FLOOR PROVIDE 3" DI A. FINISHED OPENING IN CHEVRON FOR LIGHT FIXTURE DROP LIGHT FIXTURE AS OCCURS PER PLANS PAINTED 1/2" MDF BD. (TYP.) SCALE: N.T.S. EXISTING METAL PAN DECK. 5 5/8" X 20 GA. DIAG. BRACING AT 48" O.G. TO STRUCTURE, TYP. - UNISTRUT P1000 CLAMPED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST W/ UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP #P1586. USE UNISTRUT P1005, W/ Nr WIDE BASE FLANGE, AT 411 CONDITIONS WHERE SOFFIT GROSSES TRUSSES. 2 *10 SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION. (ICBO *ER 4945P) 20 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK ATTACHED TO DECK EXISTING JOIST. TYP. DIAG. BRACING CONN. TO DECK +15' -0" B.O. MALL. BULKHEAD 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING OVER 3 5/8 "X 20 G.A. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.G. I - *8 SELF TAPPING. TEK SCREWS 0 EA. STUD TO STUD CONNECTION B.O. GL6. +10' -2" TOP OF CHEVRON 5/8" PAINTED GYP. BD. ON 5 5/8" METAL STUD 0 16" O.G. (TYP.) CHEVRON TO BE PAINTED AT WALL FACE CHEVRON WALL ELEVATION NOTE: ALL WIRES AND DOCK STATION OF ANY TYPE MUST NOT BE VISIBLE AND POS AREA MUST BE GLEAN AND PRESENTABLE TO CUSTOMERS SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: S/4 "= I' -O" IIIJIIIIIIIIIJI 5 5/8" X 20 GAUGE Di IAGIONAL BRACING. 0 48" O.G. 0 45 ALTERNATE SIDES. - (2 MIN.) #8 SELF TAPPING SCREWS - 2 EACH BRACE ALTERNATE SIDES SUSP. GL6. SYSTEM SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. METAL STUDS (SEE SHT. Al) 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (TYP. BOTH SIDES). TOP OF INT. WALL BRACING DTL. SCALE: 5" =1' -O" NOT USED 0.145 DIA. 'HILTI' DN OR DS SHOT PIN 11/2" EMBEDMENT INTO SLAB AT 24" O.G. (1 .C.15.0. *2269) 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (TYP. BOTH SIDES). 5 5/8" X 20ga. METAL STUD FRAMING (IGBO *ER 4945 P) -CONT. 20 GA. BOTTOM TRACK (IGBO *ER 44145 P) FLOORING & BASE MATERIAL (SEE PLANS) CONCRETE SLAB TYP. BOTTOM OF PARTITION DETAIL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SCALE: 3 "=I I-0 p 183 CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 112012 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 5 " =1' -O TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. d C � 00 s d (7; OoW a "0 :ECU -C45 a d � � J vi M (TID CONSULTING ENGINEER Z 0 KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5- 25-2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: A5 NOTED BPB PROJECT No.: TGB12001 .0 TOPPING CUPS— SOLID SURFACE 'HANEX S -013 HYDRA SUPPORT BLOCK ING - "WH I TE" PLAST I C LAM. SNEEZE GUARDS ADM 8 -4150 3/5" TEMPERED GLASS I" WIDE I" RADIUS SOLID SURFACE ROUTED OUT DRIP LEDGE PLASTIC LAM. "ZEBRANO" W/ I /5" X I" STAINLESS STEEL DIVIDER TRIM PIECES, TYP. 2" DIA. ADJUSTABLE_ STAINLESS STEEL LEG FOR COUNTER TOP SUPPORT GOLD PAN EQUIPMENT VINYL COVE BASE O el 2 1/2" I" X I" ANGLE IRON SUPPORT W/ PRE -DRILL HOLES 3' -0" 5/4" SECTION @ TOPPINGS BAR COLD PAN �JJ SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" TOPPING CUPS NEEZE GUARDS ADM B -4150 3/5" TEMPERED GLASS I" WIDE I" RADIUS SOLID SURFACE ROUTED OUT DRIP LEDGE SOLID SURFACE 'HANEX' 5 -015 HYDRA SUPPORT BLOCKING PLASTIC LAM. "ZEBRANO" W/ I /5" X I" 5.STL. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES, TYP. 2" DIA. ADJ. S.STL. LEG FOR COUNTERTOP SUPPORT- WHITE PLASTIC. LAM. O tV SECTION @ TOPPINGS BAR 5/5" TEMPERED GLASS ON 3" STANDOFFS TOPPINGS DISPENSERS W/ RAISED COVERS TOPPING CUPS SOLID SURFACE 'HANEX' 5 -015 HYDRA SCALE: I " =1' -0" 3/5" TEMPERED GLASS ON 3" STANDOFFS SOLID SURFACE 'HANEX' 5 -015 HYDRA SUPPORT BLOCKING - CASH DRAWER ON SHELF OR MOUNTED TO BOTTOM OF COUNTERTOP WITH METAL BRACKETS I" 1416H X 1/2" WIDE SOLID SURFACE LEDGE BEYOND PLASTIC LAM. "ZEBRANO" W/ I /5" X I" S. STL. DIVIDER TRIM PIECES, TYP. 2" DI A. ADJ. S.STL. LEG FOR COUNTER- TOP SUPPORT WHITE PLASTIC LAM. VINYL COVE BASE 2 1/2" SECTION @ POS NOTE: 6.G. TO PROVIDE MILLWORK DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION P05 STATIONS AND EQUIPMENT FOR OWNER APPROVAL SNEEZE GUARDS ADM ORBIT -4150 5/5" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS PI V I TAL, ROTATIONAL, 4 POSITIONAL GLASS PANEL SCALE: 1"=1I-0" STAINLESS STEEL SUPPORT LEGS 5' -9 1/2" 21-11 1/4" 10' -0" TOPPINGS BAR ENLARGED PLAN NOTE: ALL WIRES AND DOCK STATION OF ANY TYPE MUST NOT BE VISIBLE AND POS AREA MUST BE GLEAN AND PRESENTABLE TO CUSTOMERS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION big g3 SCALE: 1"= RECEiVEU CITY OF TUK MLA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER z 0 IL KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT' No.: AS NOTED BPB TCBI2001 S/S ANGLE CORNER GUARD, SET IN PLACE W/ STR'L ADHESIVE 4 SILICONE ALL EDGES. CORNER GUARD DETAIL CG -1 0 0 0 0 23" SO. CERAMIC TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE 25" SQ. CERAMIC TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE 3 5/5" METAL STUD WALL O 16" O.G. P- 6 "x-r -6" "TGBY WAVE ", BY TGBY APPROVED MFR. 0 I in TGBY SIGNAGE 23" SQ. CERAMIC 7.______.---- TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE 0 0 0 0 0 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL @ 16" O.G. 18" TILE WAVE WALL DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" U56 1 1/2" X 11/2" X 15/16" GROSS TEES #D6LW -224 48" O.G. (I) 8 6A. WIRE A 4' -0" O.G. EA. WAY 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD WITH TAPED JOINTS SANDED SMOOTH. NOTE: SUSPENDED BYP. BD. CEILING SHALL COMPLY W/ I GG ESR REPORT #1284 US6 I 1/2" X 11/2" STRAIGHT MAIN TEES #D6LW -26 ® 24" O.G. SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING BRACING SCALE: NTS (I) 8 A. WIRE A 4' -0" O.G. EA. WAY MAIN RUNNER GROSS TEE TYP. T -BAR CEILING BRACING MALL BULKHEAD 1/2" X 1/2" REVEAL TO BULKHEAD ABOVE, TYP. avy CO SCALE: NTS NOTE: CEILING GRID AND TILES SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM G655 AND 656 AND THOSE PORTIONS OF ASGE DIV. 'i - SECTION 13 - 2005 EDIT AS APPLICABLE naussammullimillk 2' X 2' EXPOSED GRID, LAY IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS. AS SPECIFIED T -BAR GRID SUSPENDED FROM STRUCT. ABOVE. STRUCTURE ABOVE 8 GA. WIRE @ MIN. @48" O.G. EA WAY CLEAR SILICON BEAD NOTE: FOR CEILING HEIGHT, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. TYP. SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CHAMFERED • "QUIRCK EDGE" TILE NEW WALL MOUNTED • S16NAGE AND GRAPHIC BY - 516NA6E CONTRACTOR, TO • BE ILLUMINATED . SCALE: 1"=11-0" 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" X 206A. METAL STUD FRAMING, TAPE AND SAND SMOOTH TO RECEIVE FINISH, BOTH SIDES TEEL CASING (TAOS) DRYWALL SCREW, (I) NEXT TO EACH RETAINER CLIP DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE TIMELY PREF I N I SHED KNOCK DOWN (KD) FRAME HEAT TREATED CASINO RETAINER CLIP TYPICAL TIMELY DOOR HEAD & JAMB 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 0/ 3 5/5" X 25 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.G. PROVIDE DBL. STUDS OF 18 6A. @ JAMB. STL. ANCHOR ANGLE RAMSET TO SLAB. STAINLESS STEEL FRAME BY DOOR MFR. ELIASON "EASY SWING" DBL. ACTING DOOR. TYPICAL ELIASON DOOR HEAD & JAMB TYPICAL DOOR DETAILS b 1)-,ftlg3 SCALE: I" = 1' -0" 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" X 20 6A. METAL STUDS 16" O.G.- RECESSED DOWN LIGHT IN CEILING. REFER TO R.G.P. O INTERIOR SOFFIT FRAMING DETAIL SCALE: 3 "= I' -O" MALL BULKHEAD W/ 1/2" X 1/2" METAL REVEAL +15' -0" B.O. MALL BULKHEAD "PORCELANOSA " 'CRYSTAL FLOOR WHITE' TILE THINSET ON CEMENT BOARD 3 5/8" 20 6A. METAL STUD FRAMING ® 16" O.G. 1/2" CEMENT BOARD BACKING. MALL 5 5/8" MTL. STUD BRACING AT 48" O.G. +11' -2" B.O. C.L. 6� 5/8" ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHING EDGE: #AI00AT613 BY "SCHLUTER" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWiLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: NTS TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection Includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L C C O M GP t/'1 u 1:1 :12 se in in tt' n3 M 2 GI CONSULTING ENGINEER SEATTLE, WA 98188 z 0 t i)3ME SOD CO S NULL co �s z° co co 9926 J W imm W H Cg WV/ /'1'y KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON DATE: 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: AS NOTE17 BPB PROJECT No.: TGB 1200'1 .2 1.0 GENERAL: . . 1.1 ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THIS WORK ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND THEIR PROVISIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL INFORM THE OWNER, PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL,. OF ANY WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH VIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION. SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 1.2 INVESTIGATE EACH SPACE THROUGH WITH EQUIPMENT MUST BE MOVED. WHERE NECESSARY, , EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHIPPED FROM MANUFACTURER IN SECTIONS OF SIZE SUITABLE FOR MOVING THROUGH AVAILABLE RESTRICTIVE SPACES. ASCERTAIN FROM BUILDING OWNER AT WHAT TIMES OF DAY EQUIPMENT MAY BE MOVED THROUGH ALL AREAS. 1.3 DUCTWORK IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY AND DOES NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS, DROPS AND RISES OF RUNS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW IN HIS PRICE FOR ROUTING OF DUCTWORK TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT. COORDINATION WITH THE EXISTING SERVICES, INCLUDING THOSE OFOTHER TRADES IS REQUIRED. 1.4 SUPPORT ALL DUCTWORK FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND /OR FRAMING IN AN APPROVED MANNER. WHERE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION DOES NOT PERMIT FASTENING OR SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL FRAMING. INSERTS SHALL BE STEEL, SLOTTED TYPE AND FACTORY PAINTED. SINGLE ROD SHALL BE SIMILAR TO GRINNELL FIG. 281. MULTI-ROD SHALL BE SIMILAR TO FEE &MASON SERIES 9000 WITH END CAPS AND CLOSURE STRIPS. MAXIMUM LOADING INCLUDING PIPES, .DUCTWORK CONTENTS AND COVERING SHALL NOT EXCEED 75% OF RATED INSERT CAPABILITY. WHEN SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING USE BEAM CLAMPS IN APPROVED MANNER:` 1.5 INSTALL WORK SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. MINOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS MAY BE MADE TO ACCOMPLISH THIS, BUT CHANGES WHICH INVOLVE EXTRA COST SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT APPROVAL. 1.6 REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GENERAL WORK. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS CANNOT BE COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL.SURVEY THE SITE AND INCLUDE ALL • . CHANGES IN MAKING UP THE WORK PROPOSAL. 1.7 PLAN INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK TO INSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH REGULAR OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. ALL SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS AFFECTING OTHER AREAS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH BUILDING OWNER. INSTALL ISOLATION VALVES AT POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING PIPING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY DUCT CAPS AND /OR CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SHUTDOWN TIME. 1.8 CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN NEAT AND APPROVED MANNER. RESTORE EXISTING WORK DISTURBED WHILE INSTALLING NEW WORK TO ACCEPTABLE CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY ARCHITECT. 1.9 DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND /OR RELOCATE EXISTING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER WORK AS NOTED OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW SYSTEM. 1.10 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, AND ALL PARTS OF THE BUILDING, EXTERIOR SPACES AND ADJACENT STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND PAVEMENTS, FREE FROM MATERIAL AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. EXCESS MATERIALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO ACCUMULATE EITHER ON THE INTERIOR OR THE EXTERIOR. 1.11 SEAL OPENINGS AROUND DUCTS AND PIPING THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS AND FLOORS (NOT IN SHAFTS) WITH MINERAL WOOL OR OTHER NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. 1.12 ALL. NECESSARY FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING TO MAINTAIN THE WATERPROOFING INTEGRITY OF THIS BUILDING AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION OF DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY LANLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANTS EXPENSE. PROVIDE. EQUIPMENT CURBS AS REQUIRED. 1.13 ALL PRESENT MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS REQUESTED BY THE BUILDING REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT OR AS NOTED TO BE RELOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 1.14 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING STANDARDS. 1.15 THE WORK IN THE BUILDING SHALL BE DONE WHEN AND AS DIRECTED, AND IN .A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE OWNER. THE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE AND DISTURBANCE TO THE PRESENT OCCUPANTS. . 1.16 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SPECIFIED, INCLUDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS AND OTHER MATERIALS IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THESE AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. 1.17 REMOVABLE ACCESS TILE AND /OR ACCESS DOOR ARE REQUIRED IN HUNG. CEILINGS, SHAFTS AND WALLS FOR ALL VOLUME AND FIRE DAMPERS, AUTOMATIC DAMPERS AND ALL OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH ACCESS LOCATION REQUIREMENTS TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ACCESS TILE IDENTIFICATION: PROVIDE BUTTONS, TABS, AND MARKERS TO IDENTIFY LOCATION OF CONCEALED DAMPERS AND EQUIPMENT. 1.18 ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING STANDARDS. 1.19 SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT A CAREFUL EXAMINATION OF THE PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING, EQUIPMENT, ETC, WHICH AFFECT THIS WORK, AND THE ACCESS TO SUCH SPACES, HAS BEEN MADE AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR IS FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK. LATER CLAIMS SHALL NOT BE MADE FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR•MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED, WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN DURING SUCH AN EXAMINATION. THE ON -SITE INSPECTION SHALL VERIFY EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING (SIZES, CLEARANCES, ETC) AND CONDITIONS. 1.20 INSURANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE A HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE FOR OWNER AND ENGINEER. 121 THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE WILL BE MADE AFTER THE CONTRACTOR HAS ADJUSTED HIS EQUIPMENT, BALANCED THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, DEMONSTRATED THAT IT FULFILLS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND HAS FURNISHED ALL THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. 1.22 SPECIFICATIONS ARE OF SIMPLIFIED FORM AND INCLUDE INCOMPLETE SENTENCES. WORDS OR PHRASES SUCH AS "THE CONTRACTOR SHALL," "SHALL BE," "FURNISH," "PROVIDE," "A," "THE," AND "ALL" HAVE BEEN OMITTED FOR BREVITY.. 1.23 DEFINITIONS: 1) "PROVIDE ": TO SUPPLY, INSTALL AND. CONNECT UP COMPLETE AND READY FOR SAFE AND REGULAR OPERATION THE PARTICULAR WORK REFERRED TO UNLESS SPECIFICALLY OTHERWISE NOTED. . 2) "INSTALL ": TO ERECT, MOUNT AND CONNECT COMPLETE WITH RELATED ACCESSORIES. 3) "FURNISH" OR "SUPPLY ": TO PURCHASE, PROCURE, ACQUIRE AND DELIVER COMPLETE WITH RELATED ACCESSORIES. 4) "WORK ": LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, CONTROLS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION: 5) "CONCEALED ":. EMBEDDED IN MASONRY OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES, WITHIN DOUBLE PARTITIONS OR HUNG CEILINGS, IN TRENCHES, IN CRAWL SPACES, OR IN ENCLOSURES. 6) "EXPOSED ": NOT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR "CONCEALED" AS DEFINED ABOVE. 7) "SIMILAR" OR "EQUAL ": EQUAL IN MATERIALS, WEIGHT, SIZE, DESIGN AND EFFICIENCY OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT. 2.0 SCOPE OF WORK: 2.1 THE WORK UNDER CONTRACT INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES NECESSARY FOR THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING AND TESTING, COMPLETE AND READY FOR SAFE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 2.2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NECESSARY NOTICE, FILE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE DEPARTMENT. HAVINGJURISDICTION, OBTAIN PERMITS OR LICENSES NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT THIS WORK AND PAY ALL FEES THEREFORE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR INSPECTION AND TESTS OF ANY OR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK IF SO REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES AND PAY ALL CHARGES FOR IT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL COSTS FOR, AND FURNISH TO THE OWNER BEFORE FINAL BILLING, ALL CERTIFICATES NECESSARY AS EVIDENCE THAT THE WORK INSTALLED CONFORMS WITH ALL REGULATIONS WHERE THEY APPLY TO THIS WORK. 2.3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A WRITTEN GUARANTEE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR PROMPTLY AND ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED FOR ANY WORKMANSHIP AND EQUIPMENT IN WHICH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL CERTIFICATE. FOR PAYMENT AND /OR FROM DATE OR ACTUAL USE OF EQUIPMENT OR OCCUPANCY OF SPACES, BY OWNER. INCLUDED UNDER THE VARIOUS PARTS OF THE WORK, WHICHEVER DATE IS EARLIER. THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL ALSO PROVIDE THAT WHERE DEFECTS OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR WILL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EXPENSES INCURRED IN REPAIRING AND REPLACING WORK OF OTHER TRADES AFFECTED BY DEFECTS, REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS IN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2.0 SCOPE OF WORK CONTINUED: 2.4 CONTROLLED INSPECTION BY A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO BE HIRED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 2.5 PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY WORK AND PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT PROVIDE COMPLETE SET OF COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS INDICATING CAPACITY DIMENSIONS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. 3.0 SHEET METAL WORK: 3.1 EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR NOTED, ALL DUCTWORK AND OTHER SHEET METAL WORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INC, DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION 2 IN. W.G. 3.2 VOLUME DAMPERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, PER SMACNA "LOW VELOCITY MANUAL," EXCEPT PROVIDE BEARING AT ONE END OF DAMPER ROD AND QUADRANT, WITH LEVER AND LOCKSCREW AT OTHER END. FOR INSULATED DUCTS, QUADRANTS MOUNTED ON COLLAR TO CLEAR INSULATION. INSTALL WITH LEVERS ACCESSIBLE. 3.3 ACCESS DOORS: INSULATED OR UNINSULATED, SAME AS DUCT. 1) PROVIDE MINIMUM 20 IN. X 14 IN. ON MAIN DUCTS, AND 12 IN. X 6 IN. ON BRANCH DUCTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED, AT FIRE DAMPERS, AND AT ALL DUCT ACCESSORIES SUCH AS HUMIDIFIERS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, AUTO DAMPERS, AND LOUVERS. 2) ALL ACCESS DOORS TO BE HINGED, WITH LATCH SIMILAR TO VENTLOCK NO. 100. 3.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: NEOPRENE- COATED GLASS FABRIC, 30 OZ PER SQ YD WITH SEWED AND CEMENTED SEAMS, SIMILAR TO VENT FABRICS. PROVIDE WITH METAL COLLARS. ALLOW MINIMUM MOVEMENT OF 1 IN. 3.5 TURNING VANES: GALVANIZED STEEL SMALL DOUBLE - THICKNESS VANES WITH 2 IN. INSIDE RADIUS. 3.6 FIRE DAMPERS: UL LISTED, GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION; MULTIBLADED TYPE, SPRING LOADED, EQUIPPED WITH FUSIBLE LINK, CONFORMING TO NFPA STANDARD 90A. SIMILAR TO AIR BALANCE MODEL 319 -P, RATED AS REQUIRED. SEE INSTALLATION ON DRAWING. 3.7 ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS' INDICATED' ON PLANS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. 3.8 AUTOMATIC DAMPERS: COMPLETE WITH LINKAGE AND ELECTRIC OPERATOR. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER OR GALVANIZED STEEL MIN. 4 IN., MAX. 8 IN. WIDE WITH COMPRESSIBLE EDGE SEALS TO LEAKAGE. FACTORY ASSEMBLE STEEL LINKAGE AND SHAFT WITH NYLON OR OIL - IMPREGNATED BRONZE BEARINGS. MOTOR WITH SUFFICIENT POWER TO LIMIT LEAKAGE TO 10 CFM PER SQ FT. LINKAGE TO WITHSTAND LOAD EQUAL TO TWICE MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE WITHOUT DEFLECTION. DAMPER MOUNTED IN WELDED STEEL CHANNEL FRAME. 3.9 ALUMINUM DUCTWORK: ALL OUTSIDE AIR, EXHAUST, AND RELIEF DUCTWORK WITHIN 5 FT OF LOUVERS SHALL BE ALUMINUM WITH SEAMS SEALED WATERTIGHT WITH ALCOA ALUMINASTIC TYPE C SEAM SEALER OR SOLDER. PITCH DUCTWORK TOWARDS LOUVER. 3.10 WIRE MESH SCREEN (WMS): NO. 16 USSG, 3/4 SQUARE MESH, IN 1 IN. WIDE GALVANIZED STEEL ENCLOSING FRAME. FLANGED DUCT OPENING TO RECEIVE FRAME. 3.11 LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT: SHALL BE A FACTORY FABRICATED HIGH TEMPERATURE COPOLYMER IMPREGNATED GLASS FABRIC, LOCKED TO COLD ROLLED FLAT STEEL SPIRAL. SIMILAR TO WIREMOLD 57. MAXIMUM INSTALLED LENGTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 18 IN. 3.12 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS: UL LISTED, GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION MULTI - BLADED TYPE. EQUIPPED WITH FUSIBLE LINK CONFORMING TO NFPA STANDARD 90A. SIMILAR TO RUSKIN MODEL FSD60. 4.0 AIR OUTLETS: 4.1 GENERAL: 1) MARGIN TYPES, COLORS, FINISH AND METHODS OF ATTACHMENT FOR ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING AND WALL DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2) FRAME TYPE SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN CEILING OR WALL CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 3) EXACT LOCATION OF ALL AIR OUTLETS AS PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 4) SUITABLE FOR OPERATION AT 20% EXCESS AND 20% LESS THAN NOTED CAPACITY FOR CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEMS AND AT 20% EXCESS AND 60% LESS THAN NOTED CAPACITY FOR VARIABLE VOLUME SYSTEMS. MANUFACTURER RESPONSIBLE FOR EXAMINING AN APPLICATION OF EACH OUTLET AND GUARANTEE THAT EACH WILL PROVIDE REQUIRED NC LEVELS AND COMFORT SPACE CONDITIONS WITHOUT DRAFTS THROUGHOUT OPERATING RANGE. 5) ALL REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME DAMPERS. DAMPER OPERATING LEVERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AT THE FACE OF AIR OUTLETS. 4.2 DIFFUSERS: DIFFUSERS SHALL BE STEEL CONSTRUCTION PAINTED WHITE SIMILAR TO TITUS TYPE SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF CEILING. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH VOLUME DAMPER. 4.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES: 1) RETURN AND EXHAUST REGISTERS: STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH VOLUME DAMPER AS PER MECHANICAL SCHEDULE. 5.0 NOISE CONTROL: 5.1 ALL ROOM NC LEVELS SHALL BE MAXIMUM NC 40. 5.2 PROVIDE SOUNDLINING FOR THE FOLLOWING DUCTWORK: 1) ALL DUCTWORK NOT LESS THAN 20 FT ON EACH SIDE OF ALL FANS AND AC UNITS. 2) ALSO WHERE NOTED ON A DRAWING. 5.3 SOUNDLINING IN DUCTWORK: FIBROUS GLASS, MINIMUM 3 LB DENSITY, 1 IN. THICKNESS, MAXIMUM 0.25 K FACTOR AT 75 DEG F MEAN TEMPERATURE WITH ACRYLIC COATED FINISH FACTORY APPLIED EDGE COATING AND STENCILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90. FLAMESPREAD SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 25. LINING SHALL NOT SUPPORT MICROBIAL GROWTH AND SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1071 AND ASTM G21/G22. SIMILAR TO MANVILLE PERMACOTE LINA COUSTIC. 5.4 ALL SOUNDLINING, ADHESIVES, FACES AND ACCESSORIES TO BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE . WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6.0 TESTING AND BALANCING: 6.1 AIR BALANCING SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY ADJUSTMENT OF FANS AND BRANCH DAMPERS FOR MAJOR ADJUSTMENTS. ADJUSTMENT OF TERMINAL DAMPERS AND DEVICES SHALL BE FOR TRIM OR MINOR ADJUSTMENT ONLY. THIS SHALL BE DONE TO PERMIT THE LEAST NOISE GENERATION IN THE TERMINAL AREAS AND UTILIZE MINIMUM FAN ENERGY. 6.2 UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REBALANCE ANY EXISTING PORTIONS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AFFECTED BY THE RENOVATION AND ALSO BALANCE ALL NEW WORK. 6.3 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, PRESSURE GAUGES, FLOW METERS, SHEAVES, AND BELTS REQUIRED TO BALANCE THE SYSTEMS. 6.4 BALANCING REPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED ON AABC -TYPE FORMS. 6.5 FANS AND AIR HANDLING UNITS SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN +5% OF THEIR DESIGN CAPACITIES. ALL OTHER AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN +10% OF THE DESIGN QUANTITIES.. 6.6 BALANCING AND TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED AND SUPERVISED BY AN INDEPENDENT FIRM SPECIALIZING IN TESTING AND BALANCING. THE CITY INSPECTOR SHALL RECEIVE A COPY OF THE CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT PRIOR TO THE ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 6.7 THE PERFORMANCE AND CAPACITY OF ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMONSTRATED BY THE. CONTRACTOR. 7.0 INSULATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 7.1 ALL INSULATION MATERIALS, INCLUDING JACKETS, FACING, ADHESIVE, COATINGS, AND ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE FIRE HAZARD RATED AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. USING STEINER TUNNEL TEST METHOD FOR FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING MATERIALS, STANDARD UL 723 (ASTM E- f34), (ASA A2.5- 1963). FLAMESPREAD: MAXIMUM 25. FUEL CONTRIBUTED AND SMOKE DEVELOPED: MAXIMUM 50. FLAMEPROOFING TREATMENTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION FROM MOISTURE OR HUMIDITY ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE 7.0 INSULATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTINUED: 7.2 DEFINITIONS: 1) EXPOSED: INDOOR DUCTS, PIPING OR EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND IN AREAS WHICH WILL BE VISIBLE WITHOUT REMOVING CEILINGS OR OPENING ACCESS PANELS. 2) CONCEALED: INDOOR DUCTS, PIPING OR EQUIPMENT, WHICH IS NOT EXPOSED. 3) OUTDOOR: DUCTS, PIPING OR EQUIPMENT, WHICH IS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. 8.0 DUCTWORK INSULATION: 8.1 INSULATE ALL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION SCHEDULE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. 1) SUPPLY /RETURN - CONCEALED - 1" THICKNESS - D1 MATERIAL - VAPORSEAL FINISH 2) SUPPLY /RETURN - EXPOSED - 1" THICKNESS - D2 MATERIAL - VAPORSEAL FINISH 8.2 NON - INSULATED DUCTWORK: 1) WHERE SOUNDLINING IS OF MINIMUM THICKNESS SPECIFIED FOR INSULATION. 8.3 MATERIAL: 1) TYPE D -1: MINIMUM 1 -LB DENSITY FIBERGLASS BLANKET, MAXIMUM 0.28 K FACTOR AT 75 DEG F MEAN TEMPERATURE WITH FACTORY - APPLIED FOIL -SKRIM -KRAFT FACING SIMILAR TO MANVILLE MICROLITE. .. . 2) TYPE D -2: 3. LB. FIBERGLASS BOARD. THE MAXIMUM K FACTOR SHALL BE 0.23 AT 75 DEG F MEAN TEMPERATURE WITH A MINIMUM DENSITY OF 3 LB. THE INSULATION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A FACTORY - APPLIED ALL PURPOSE OR ALL SERVICE FACING. THE INSULATION SHALL BE EQUAL TO MANVILLE TYPE 814 SPIN -GLAS AP. 8.4 INSTALLATION: 1) FIBERGLASS BLANKET: 2 IN. LAP STRIPS AT ALL SEAMS. SECURE BOTTOM OF ALL DUCTS OVER 24 IN. WIDE WITH MIN. 2 ROWS OF WELD PINS 12 IN. ON CENTER. SECURE ALL SEAMS WITH FOIL VAPOR BARRIER TAPE AND VAPORSEAL ADHESIVE. 2) FIBERGLASS BOARD: SEAL JOINTS AND BREAKS IN FACING WITH 3 IN. WIDE TAPE TO MATCH FACING AND ADHERE WITH VAPOR SEAL ADHESIVE. APPLY 5 IN. WIDE TAPE AT CORNERS, WELD PINS ON TOP, SIDES AND BOTTOM. 8.5 INSTALLATION: 1) BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION ALL PRESSURE AND LEAK TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED AND APPROVED. 2) ALL INSULATION SHALL BE BUTTED FIRMLY TOGETHER. PROVIDE 2 IN. LAMP STRIPS AT ALL SEAMS SECURED WITH ADHESIVE. USE VAPOR BARRIER TAPE AND VAPORSEAL ADHESIVE WHERE REQUIRED. STAPLES NOT PERMITTED. 3) ALL INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS PASSING THROUGH SLEEVES, HANGERS, ETC., OR OTHER OPENINGS. PROVIDE SADDLES OR SHIELDS FOR PROTECTION. 4) INSULATION FOR STRAINERS OR OTHER FITTINGS OR ACCESSORIES REQUIRING SERVICING OR INSPECTION SHALL HAVE INSULATION REMOVABLE AND REPLACEABLE WITHOUT DAMAGE. 9.0 VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS: 9.1 GENERAL: 1) PROVIDE ISOLATION FOR EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, 2) INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3) PROVIDE LEVELING DEVICES AND APPROVED RESILIENT RESTRAINING DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT EQUIPMENT AND PIPING MOTION IN EXCESS OF 1/4 IN. 4) ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 9.2 MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. 9.3 VIBRATION ELIMINATOR CO. 9.4 KORFUND DYNAMICS CORP.. 10.0 MOTORS: 10.1 MOTORS (UNDER HVAC WORK): IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, IEEE AND ANSI C50 STANDARDS: 1) STANDARD EFFICIENCY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2) 1.15 SERVICE FACTOR. 3) SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION, OPEN DRIPPROOF TYPE, 1750 RPM, NEMA TYPE B INSULATION CLASS, CONTINUOUS DUTY, EXCEPT AS NOTED. 11.0 MOTOR CONTROLLERS: 11.1 PROVIDED BY HVAC CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 11.2 NEMA ENCLOSURE, WEATHERPROOF WHERE MOUNTED OUTDOORS. 11.3 WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION. COORDINATE ALL MOTOR CONTROLLER TYPES AND SIZES WITH MOTOR TYPES AND SIZES. 11.4 1/3 HP AND SMALLER: PROVIDE MANUAL STARTER EXCEPT USE MAGNETIC TYPE WHERE AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED. 1) MANUAL TYPE: 2-POLE TOGGLE SWITCH WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND PILOT LIGHT. 11.51/2 HP AND LARGER: PROVIDE MAGNETIC STARTER: 1) COMBINATION.UNFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH AND MAGNETIC STARTER EXCEPT AS NOTED. 2) OVERLOAD PROTECTION IN EACH PHASE LEG WITH RESET IN ENCLOSURE. 3) HOA SELECTOR SWITCH FOR AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED MOTORS. SAFETY CONTROLS COMMON TO BOTH CONTROLS. 4) RED, GREEN AND AMBER PILOT LIGHTS. 5) SWITCHES: HORSE - POWER - RATED, EXTERNAL PADLOCKING TYPE. 6) HOLDING COILS: 10 WATT, 120 VOLT. 7) CONTACTS: MAIN LINE AND MINIMUM (2) - NORMALLY OPEN, (2) - NORMALLY CLOSED 10 AMP AUXILIARIES, IN ADDITION TO CONTACTS REQUIRED FOR CONTROLS SPECIFIED. 8) CONTROL TRANSFORMER: FOR MOTORS OVER 120 VOLTS, TO STEP DOWN CONTROL VOLTAGE TO 120 VOLTS; OF THE REQUIRED CAPACITY WITH FUSE AND GROUND CONNECTION ON VOLTAGE SIDE. 9) FUSES: SIMILAR TO BUSSMAN. 10) RELAYS: TO SUPPLEMENT AUXILIARY CONTACTS IN CONTROLLER. MINIMUM 10 WATT COIL AND TWO 10 AMP CONTACTS. 11) TERMINALS: SUITABLE FOR CONDUCTORS NOTED AND AS APPROVED. 11.6 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1) CUTLER - HAMMER. . 2) SQUARE D. 3) ALLEN BRADLEY. 12.0 EQUIPMENT: 12.1 PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES OF THE SIZES AND CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULED AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE ALL MOTOR STARTERS AS REQUIRED; MOTOR STARTERS WILL BE INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTORS AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL TRADE. 12.2 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAING ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR SERVICING AND MAINTENANCE. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL TRADES. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION TCB.i 2007 CfOF TUKIMLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE 1� PERK APPROVAL REQUIRED COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L CO 16 CO INC 43) al 3 C 0o aw< aa Vi 43 n z 0 0 un. u W CONSULTING ENGINEER U a :tin 0 0:9 ri) 1 0.8. ___IENO! rV - JO � ¢vY, ^� taoLL1 ai .0 (a{$ 0 o co € 4 J 2 ' as O an o E 1- -I DATE: 5 -IS -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: TcS1200 1 M1.0 GENERAL NOTES I. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING OR FRAME ROOF OPENINGS AS SHOWN FOR ALL HVAG EQUIPMENT AND EXHAUST FANS. 2. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE ENERGY CONSERVATION DESIGN MANUAL STANDARDS FOR NEW NON- RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS. .. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES, SAFETY ORDERS AND REGULATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 5. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND OR INSTALLED SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (I) YEAR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER. ANY DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR INFERIOR WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE CORRECTED TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. 6. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL INSULATED WITH ACOUSTICAL VINYL VAPOR BARRIER (U.L. APPROVED). MAXIMUM LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 5' -0". DUCT SHALL BE CONNECTED TO TRUNK OR BRANCH DUCT WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. HANGER STRIPS SHALL BE MINIMUM I" x SO cao. 7. CONGEALED CONDITIONED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH I -1/2" THICK .015 POUND DENSITY GLASS FIBER DUCT WRAP WITH REFLECTIVE VAPOR SEAL FASTENED TO DUCTWORK WITH 16 GAUGE SOFT ANNEALED WIRE SPACED AT 12" ON CENTER. SPACING TO BE 6" ON CENTER FOR FITTINGS. 8. ALL SHEET METAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA AND OR LOCAL AND ASHRAE CODES. TAPE ALL TRANSVERSE AND LONGITUDINAL JOINTS AND TAKE OFFS ON SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS. DUCT SHALL BE MILD GALVANIZED STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMAGNA STANDARDS (EXCEPT EXHAUST HOOP). CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO EXPENSE TO OWNER. REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT AND OR ENGINEER ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE PLANS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 10. ALL DUCTWORK, HANGERS, DAMPER CONSTRUCTION, SEAMS, INSTALLATION, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AS ADOPTED BY A.S.H.R.A.E. 4 SMAGNA. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, RULES S REGULATIONS 4 RECOMMENDATIONS OF LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT, NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS, N.F.P.A., 4 SHOPPING CENTER GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEETMETAL CONFORMING TO SMAGNA STANDARDS FOR LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK 4 A.S.H.R.A.E. STANDARD CIO -"15. II. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHOULD FURNISH, CONNECT AND INSTALL THE THERMOSTAT /CONTROL WIRING AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHOULD PROVIDE, INSTALL AND CONNECT THE ELECTRIC TO THE UNITS. 12. SCHEDULE OF WORK: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE PROPOSED WORK SCHEDULE 4 SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK SCHEDULE WITH THE OTHER TRADES, SO THAT WORK PROGRESSES CAN BE PLANNED IN A PROPER SYSTEMATIC FASHION TO AVOID ANY DUPLICATION OF EFFORT 4 RESULTANT DELAY OF PROJECT. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OPERABLE H 4 V SYSTEMS COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS AS CONTEMPLATED BY THE INFORMATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE DRAWINGS 4 SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE EACH 4 EVERY ITEM OF INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE SYSTEMS BUT INDICATE SUFFICIENT INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO SECURE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FROM OTHER SOURCES 4 PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 4 LABOR NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATIONS. 14. PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH THREE (5) COPIES OF AIR BALANCE REPORT. INSTRUCT OWNER IN USE OF EQUIPMENT. AIR BALANCE REPORT TO BE AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. AIR BALANCE TEST REPORT TO BE TAKEN IN THE LATE AFTERNOON WITH THE FOLLOWING TEMPERATURE READINGS DOCUMENTED (IN ADDITION TO CFM) I.) TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING EACH CEILING DIFFUSER, 2.) TEMPERATURE OF AIR LEAVING HVAG UNIT, 5.) TEMPERATURE OF OUTSIDE AIR AT HVAG UNIT, 4.) TEMPERATURE OF AIR WITHIN SALES AREA (AT THERMOSTAT). 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL DUCTWORK WITH CEILING AND ROOF FRAMING, COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES, MAINTAIN MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES OF ALL ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT, INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL GIO DEG ELBOWS, INSTALL SPIN -IN EXTRACTOR/DAMPER AT BRANCH DUCT CONNECTION TO MAIN DUCT AND DEAL AIR TIGHT. 16. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PRECHARGED REFRIGERANT LINES FROM FAN COIL TO CONDENSER ON ROOF. IT ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE CLEAR. I8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLUE GAS EXHAUST VENT FOR WATER HEATER. VAV BOX SCHEDULE MARK VAV MANUFACTURER CARRIER MODEL NUMBER 55E INLET DIAMETER 6" GFM SET POINT 450 VAV ELEG. (VOLT) 120 ELEC. HEAT (KW - VOLT /PH) N/A GFM (MAXIMUM) 515 GFM (MINIMUM) Sq NOTE: COORDINATE ALL CONTROLS WITH LANDLORD, T.G.G. IS TO PROVIDE ALL CONTROLS AND COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL HVAG SYSTEM. VERIFY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING VAV BOXES. 1 AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK SYMBOL PEOPLE PER 1000 SOFT GFM/ PERSON MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER FIXTURE DESCRIPTION NECK SIZE REMARKS SI KITCHEN VAV -I TIT US PASEE SUPPLY GRILLE PLAN LAY -IN ACT. CEILIN )::( 52 90 ///"""\ I TITUS PAS 24x24 SUPPLY GRILLE SEE PLAN GYP. BOARD CEILING S5 GOLD WATER ___J VOLUME DAMPER TITUS PAS 12x12 SUPPLY GRILLE SEE PLAN GYP. BOARD CEILING IC) MD RI FIRE DAMPER \ \ \\ ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER TITUS PAR 24x24 RETURN GRILLE -- LAY-IN ACT. CEILING R2 ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE TITUS PAR 24x24 RETURN GRILLE -- GYP. BOARD CEILING DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR R3 FLOOR DRAIN MIREMOTE TITUS 50F 12x12 RETURN GRILLE __ _ ill GPM R4 = TITUS 53RL LOUVERED GRILLE I8x12 -- NOTE: I. ALL GRILLES IN GYP BOARD CEILING SHALL BE ORDERED WITH BALANCING DAMPERS VENTILATION REQUIREMENT CALCULATION PER IMG -20061 TABLE 4.5 ROOM NAME UNIT SERVICING PEOPLE PER 1000 SOFT GFM/ PERSON GFM/ 5F AREA (SOFT) PEOPLE x GFM /PERSON . SF x GFM /SF REQUIRED O.A. GFM PROVIDED O.A. GFM KITCHEN VAV -I 10 10 0.12 18I 2 X 10 = 20 ISI x 0,18 = 53 55 90 MINIMUM FRESH AIR GFM REQUIRED PER CODE I 55 TOTAL OF ALL FRESH AIR INTRODUCED INTO SPACE CONDENSING UNIT 410 LL SUPPLY AIR IS MAINTAINED AT 20% OUTSIDE AIR. TENANT VAV IS SET TO 450 GFM PROVIDING 4i0 GFM OF FRESH AIR TO THE SPACE. 1 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS )2( SUPPLY GRILLE A5 SPECIFIED A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR \ RETURN GRILLE AS SPECIFIED AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT : --►- S--e- SUPPLY GRILLE A SPEGIFIED CD CONDENSATE DRAIN -�-i FLOW ARROW GFM AIR VOLUME - CUBIC FEET / MINUTE I I TURNING VANES GU CONDENSING UNIT `; EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF GIN GOLD WATER ___J VOLUME DAMPER DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN MOTORIZED DAMPER DIA DIAMETER MD FIRE DAMPER EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER — -D OTHERMOSTAT EF EXHAUST FAN I— ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE PUMP FGO FLOOR GLEAN OUT ® DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FD FLOOR DRAIN MIREMOTE ALARM FOR DUCT DETECTOR ACTIVATION FLA FULL LOAD AMPS (21.1 EXHAUST FAN GPM GALLONS / MINUTE A\ REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR HP HORSEPOWER A / MOTOR RN HOT WATER r/' RECTANGULAR DUCT BREAK/CONTINUATION IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER ROUND DUCT BREAK /CONTINUATION LAN/ LAVATORY P 1 DDUCT TRANSITION LL LANDLORD it x # DUCT DIMENSIONS - WIDTH x HEIGHT MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPAGITY -- GRILLE TYPE } SUPPLY /RETURN GRILLE TAG GFM MP MOTORIZED DAMPER MOGP MAXIMUM OVERGURRENT PROTECTION PLUMBING SYMBOLS LEGEND N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT Ix BALL VALVE NTS NOT TO SCALE GATE VALVE OA OUTSIDE AIR 1 CHECK VALVE RA RETURN AIR Al 2 -WAY CONTROL VALVE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT 1 5 -WAY CONTROL VALVE SA SUPPLY AIR III PIPE UNION 55 SANITARY SEWER END CAP TEN TENANT 0 I PIPE TURN UP T.G.G. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR C I PIPE TURN DOWN T -STAT THERMOSTAT 0 FLOOR DRAIN TYP TYPICAL Z------Z SANITARY WASTE LINE UH UNIT HEATER 2 GOLD WATER LINE U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE t t HOT WATER LINE VD VOLUME DAMPER Z-- —i VENT LINE V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD -- 6 —t 6A5 LINE INC WATER CLOSET e—GW —t GREASE WASTE LINE NCO WALL CLEAN OUT EIu TANK TYPE WATER HEATER INN TANK TYPE WATER HEATER NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS MAY APPEAR ON PLANS. bi83 RECEIVED ., CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPAM p D PERMpVA�, A'P R EQU,ftE0 TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. Deft t„,.. _0 g% 0 Nal SEATTLE, WA 98188 W J W Z V J V Q <LU V W W J 0es S N 0 -10 -12 GIN COMMENTS O 0 a U % 04 04 0 � ti r 0 Na d IL J2 co coo° Z rn to - 1.. III /I C �mW N II to I— a >V 0 U'' oco ,z(0 DATE: 5-18-2012 SHEET: SCALE: PROJECT No.: 1/4 " =1' -0" AM TCB 1200"1 M1.1 THREADED ROD METAL JOIST METAL STRAP I" X I/8" MIN (DUCTS OVER 2 SQ. FT.) I" X I/16" MIN (DUCTS UNDER 2 SQ. FT) FOR DUCTS OVER 49" WIDE, TURN METAL STRAP UNDER BOTTOM OF DUCT AND FASTEN MAX. SIDE INCHES THROUGH 12 15 THROUGH 30 31 THROUGH 54 55 THROUGH 84 OVER 84 RECTANGULAR DUCTS MIN. GALV. 5HT. GAUGE 26 (0.022 IN. ) 24 (0.028 IN. ) 22 (0.034 IN. ) 20 (0.040 IN. ) IS (0.052 IN. ) ALUMINUM MIN. 8 4 5 GAUGE 24 (0,020 IN. ) 22 (0.025 IN. ) 20 (0.032 IN, ) 18 (0.040 IN. ) 16 (0.051 IN. ) DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL 2" WIDE MIN. DUCT STRAP 48" O.G. MAX. RIGID ROUND METAL DUCT EXTERNALLY INSULATED SCALE: N.T.S. SELF TAPPING SCREWS RIGID ROUND DUCT ELBOW EXTERNALLY INSULATED INSULATED FLEXIBLE PUCT MAX. • LENGTH 5' -0" METAL SUPPLY DUCT EXTERNALLY INSULATED VOLUME DAMPER (FOR FINAL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT) ---7/ DIFFUSER TRIM FRAME DIFFUSER ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMAGNA STANDARDS (TYP) CEILING DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- INFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMAGNA 2" W.G. GLASS, SEAL NON - GASKETED TRANS- VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMAGNA GLASS "G" (TYP) 45 MAIN DUCT $RANCH DUCT —j I" ACOUSTICAL LINING VOLUME DAMPER. LOCATION WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. PROVIDE WITH LOCKING QUADRANT 15" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO PAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION TYPICAL RECTANGULAR DUCT TAKE-OFF DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. REMOTE MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: I/4 " =1' -O" KEYED NOTES CDPROVIDE VAV AS SPECIFIED ON MI.I CONNECTED TO LL SUPPLY DUCT ABOVE ADJACENT TENANT. COORDINATE DUCT CONNECTION WITH LANDLORD AND ADJACENT TENANT. 2 PROVIDE THERMOSTAT AT 45" AFF. PROVIDE CONTROLS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING LANDLORD SYSTEM. VERIFY PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH OWNER /ARCH. OPROVIDE R.A. GRILLE FOR PLENUM RETURN TO LL SYSTEM. MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: I/4 "= I' -O" D ut 83 RECEIVED: CITY OF TUKWLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER s P R Alt n pE'�MOVA�, pPR REQUIRED TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE.; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. L c ;1(') +a to 4110 C pp a M�Q writ (I) NEC :es rUI 1711 < ea IL IA N Zd °CC < = W LU 0a n >11 LO st CO E E• (0C0)� N , 4 - To LL - o n )0 J ▪ o rn co DATE: 5-le?-2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: 1 /4 " =P -0" AM M2.1 TGB12O01 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK SYMBOL MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER FIXTURE DESCRIPTION REMARKS 3 -COMP \ ADVANCE TABOO 9 3- 54 -IbRL 3 COMPARTMENT SINK (3) I -1/2" T45 BRASS 536152 TW15T WASTE INTO 2" WASTE WITH GLEANOUT TO FLOOR SINK. T45 BRASS 80133 -5 NOZZLE. INSTALL PRE -RINSE SPRAY ASSEMBLY WITH 14" NOZZLE AND VACUUM BREAKER FGO 0 J.R. SMITH 4051L FLOOR CLEANOUT CAST IRON FLOOR GLEANOUT WITH ADJUSTABLE BRASS TOP, BRASS PLUG AND SATIN NICKEL BRONZE SECURED SCORED COVER, SET IN CONCRETE. FD ® J.R. SMITH 2005- A6 -P -014 FLOOR DRAIN CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH 6" DIAM NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER, SPEEDI -SET OUTLET CONNECTION AND WATER LINE TO TRAP PRIMER. FS _•, CA GOLD WATER JOSAM 4140,413 FLOOR SINK WITH AR COATED INTERIOR, ALUMINUM DOME STRAINER, NICKEL BRONZE TOP, SPEEDI -SET OUTLET CONNECTION. SET SINKS AS LOW AS POSSIBLE FOR PROPER DRAINAGE. CONNECT TO TRAP PRIMER DRINKING FOUNTAIN HR MOTORIZED DAMPER CHICAGO 536 -NF HOSE REEL HOSE REEL WITH VACUUM BREAKER, 3/5" NPT FLEX WATER CONNECTOR ASM, CONGEALED SHUT -OFF 4 CONTROL VALVES IN RISER HS -I EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ADVANCE TABOO 11"1 -F5 -60 HAND SINK WITH SPLASH GUARD 4' -0" ON CENTER, FAUCET AND 3 -I/2" SPOUT K -51 , 0:' o ! I- ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER HS -2 EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE ADVANCE TABGO *01 -I -IO HAND SINK AMERICAN STANDARD GOOSENECK SWIVEL SPOUT WITH LEVER HANDLES DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR w FLOOR DRAIN M5 ALARM FOR DUCT DETECTOR ACTIVATION ADVANCE TABGO #41-0P-40 -40 MOP SINK 504 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL WITH CHICAGO FAUCET #152-15, CONGEALED MIXING VALVE AND VACUUM BREAKER. PROVIDE MOP HANGER , PS GPM ADVANCE TABGO *1- 4[- 24 -24L PRODUCE SINK I -1/2" T45 BRASS 53152 TWIST WASTE INTO 2" WASTE WITH CLEANOUT TO FLOOR SINK. T46 BRASS 1301231 NOZZLE. INSTALL FAUCET ASSEMBLY WITH 12" NOZZLE HP HORSEPOWER TP 1�1 PPP INC. APR -500 TRAP PRIMER FULLY AUTOMATIC, ALL BRASS TRAP PRIMER VALVE, ACTIVATED BY A DROP IN BUILDING WATER PRESSURE, NO AJUSTMENT REQUIRED, MODEL PRIME -RITE FOR I TO 4 TRAPS WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT. MUST BE INSTALLED ON A FRESH GOLD WATER LINE OF 11/2" DIAMETER OR LESS, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, OR REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE. WGO 4-/ J.R. SMITH 45505 WALL GLEANDUT CAST IRON GLEANOUT TEE, COUNTER SUNK PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW, AND IRON PLUG WITH GASKET SEAL. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION. WH EII u A.O. SMITH DEL -40 TANK TYPE WATER HEATER 40 GALLON CAPACITY 4,50011 INPUT, 30 GPH RECOVERY AT 60 DEG F TEMPERATURE RISE. G.I. MCA SHIER GB -'15 GREASE INTERCEPTOR '15 GALLON PER MIN. CAPACITY. 616 LB GREASE CAPACITY. MOTORIZED DAMPER 1 GENERAL NOTES I. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY VALVES, TRAPS, FLOW CONTROLS, FILTERS, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, FAUCETS, STOPS, TAIL PIECES, VACUUM BREAKERS, ETC. IF NOT FURNISHED ON OR WITH EQUIPMENT. 2. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES FOR ALL HOT AND COLD WATER LINES SERVICING EQUIPMENT IF PRESSURE EXCEEDS 40 PSI. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE FOR DISHWASHER AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER_ S. PROVIDE APPROVED CHROME PLATED TYPE VACUUM BREAKERS WHERE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, CODE AND AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 4. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL VOLTAGES, ELECTRICAL LOADS, ETC,. OF ALL ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE SUPPRESSION AND ALL OTHER TRADES FOR PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES, BEAMS, FOOTINGS, WINDOWS, ETC. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY CONFLICTS. S. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10' -0" FROM ALL AIR INTAKES. 1. FLUSH OUT ALL UTILITY PIPING AND DRAIN LINES PRIOR TO CONNECTION OF FOOD EQUIPMENT. 5. DO ROUGH -IN FOR FLOOR SINKS CONSISTING OF A 20 "x20" BLOCK OUT PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE AND INSTALL FLOOR SINKS AFTER CONCRETE IS POURED. CONCRETE FILL IN BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. '1. INSTALL BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE FOR COFFEE MAKERS AND SODA FOUNTAIN. 10. INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE ENERGY CONSERVATION DESIGN MANUAL STANDARDS FOR NEW NON - RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS. II. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DEPTH, SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES IN FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES SO AS TO AVOID UNNECESSARY DELAY OR INTERFERENCES. IS. ALL PLUMBING WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL APPROVALS REQUIRED FROM REGULATING AGENCIES PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 14. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN LINES FROM HVAG UNITS TO APPROVED RECEPTOR AND GAS PIPING TO UNITS AND MAKE ALL REQUIRED FINAL CONNECTIONS UNLESS EXISTING. . 15. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 16. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING ABOVE GROUND SHALL SE TYPE "L" AND BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE "K" COPPER. Ii. GAS PIPING INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE. BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 15. SANITARY PIPING BELOW SLAB INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT COATED CAST IRON HUBLESS PIPE AND FITTING, COPPER TYPE "K ". ABS OR PVC MAY BE USED IF PERMITTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY. I°I. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40. WHERE EXPOSED INSIDE THE BUILDING PAINT TO MATCH SURROUNDING APPEARANCES. 20. INSULATE DOMESTIC- HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING WITH 1/2" THICK AEROTUBE OR APPROVED EQUAL. INCREASE THINKNESS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 21. INSTALL SHUT -OFF VALVE FOR ALL HOT AND COLD WATER LINES. ALL EXPOSED LINES SHALL BE CHROME PLATED. 22. ALL DRAIN, GAS AND WATER LINES SHALL BE KEPT TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF EQUIPMENT AND SECURED IN PLACE. 25. ALL DRAIN LINES FROM PREP LINE TO BE PIPED SEPARATELY TO FLOOR SINK. 24. ALL DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH P- TRAPS. 25. THE EQUIPMENT ROUGH -IN AS SHOWN ARE ACCURATE TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE. HOWEVER, THE OWNER OR SUPPLIER MAY SUBSTITUTE OR THE EQUIPMENT MAY VARY FROM WHAT 15 SHOWN. THEREFORE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CRITICAL DIMENSIONS WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THESE DIMENSIONS SHALL PLACE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY SUBSEQUENT RELOCATION DIRECTLY ON THE CONTRACTOR. ADA ACCESS NOTES I. TOILET FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. CONTROLS FOR THE FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR, THE FORGE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GRATER THAN 5 lbs. 2. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACE UNDER LAVATORIES. MECHANICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND ABBREVIATIONS ): SUPPLY GRILLE AS SPECIFIED A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR \ RETURN GRILLE AS SPEGIFIED AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT N-_ SIDEWALL SUPPLY GRILLE AS SPECIFIED GD CONDENSATE DRAIN -IV-) FLOW ARROW GFM AIR VOLUME - CUBIC FEET / MINUTE I. I TURNING VANES CU CONDENSING UNIT ‘ EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF CA GOLD WATER VOLUME DAMPER DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN -I MD MOTORIZED DAMPER DIA DIAMETER FIRE DAMPER EDH ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ---D ® THERMOSTAT EF EXHAUST FAN I- ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE PUMP FGO FLOOR GLEAN OUT ® DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FD FLOOR DRAIN ALARM FOR DUCT DETECTOR ACTIVATION FLA FULL LOAD AMPS CREMOTE Ile EXHAUST FAN GPM GALLONS / MINUTE / \ REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR HP HORSEPOWER MOTOR HA HOT WATER f--1 RECTANGULAR DUCT BREAK/CONTINUATION IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER ROUND DUCT BREAK /CONTINUATION LAV LAVATORY P 4 DDUCT TRANSITION LL LANDLORD 1* x * DUCT DIMENSIONS - WIDTH x HEIGHT MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY (..,- GRILLE TYPE ) SUPPLY /RETURN GRILLE TAG GFM MD MOTORIZED DAMPER MOCP MAXIMUM OVERGURRENT PROTECTION PLUMBING SYMBOLS LEGEND N.I.G. NOT IN CONTRACT BALL VALVE NTS NOT TO SCALE GATE VALVE OA OUTSIDE AIR CHECK VALVE RA RETURN AIR W GAS SOLENOID VALVE RTU ROOF TOP UNIT "L51 LOW -TEMP MIXING VALVE SA SUPPLY AIR III PIPE UNION SS SANITARY SEWER [ END GAP TEN TENANT 0 I PIPE TURN UP T.G.G. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR C I PIPE TURN DOWN T -STAT THERMOSTAT FLOOR DRAIN TYP TYPICAL 0 SANITARY WASTE LINE UH UNIT HEATER - - - --- GOLD WATER LINE U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE }-- ---- -} HOT WATER LINE VD VOLUME DAMPER e . VENT LINE V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD t-- G GAS LINE INC WATER CLOSET t- -61N-H GREASE WASTE LINE INGO WALL CLEAN OUT EIu TANK TYPE WATER HEATER WH TANK TYPE WATER HEATER NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS MAY APPEAR ON PLANS. RECEIVEI] CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARA A D pecktat AppR REQUIRED TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE; These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result In cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER U a v1 0 '7 -IO -12 CITY COMMENTS w 0 w Q t0 Q E V A Ili E —J l'0 C O U) O O L a 4L L O 3 d Z as Invch E �I,8 co co Cl) • crn� "ci ti 00 he d m mi. 0 N • O CV Z • o M a0 DATE: 5 -I5-2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: 1/4 " =1' -O" AM PROJECT No.: TGBI2OO1 Sanitary Sewer and Water Service Plumbing Calculations Project: TCBY - SEATFLE, WA Fixture Type Quantity Waste Fixture Units per fixture Total Waste Fixture Units for fixture type Water Fixture Units per fixture Total Water Fixture Units for fixture type Water Closet (Flush Valve) 0 • 6 0 varies 0 Water Closet (Flush Tank) 0 6 0 5 0 Urinals 0 3 0 varies 0 Lavatory 0 2 0 2 0 Sink (Bar) 2 2 4 2 4 Sink (Service/ MopNeg) 1 4 4 2 2 Sink (Three Compartment) 2 3 6 4 8 Drinking Fountain 0 1 0 2 0 Hose Bibb 0 — -- 5 0 Dishwasher (residential) 0 3 0 4 0 Dishwasher (commercial) 0 30 0 30 0 Disposal 0 3 0 2 0 Floor Drain 0 2 0 0 0 Floor Sink 2 1 2 0 0 Shower 0 2 0 4 0 Total Fixture Units: Service Pipe Size: Distance from meter to 16 ; -$• 14 3" a 1" most remote fixture (feet): 200 Note For largerpcpjects chart X1-4 of the UPC irk conjunction 1 th the calculation below should be used 00 0'10 th0 > ter service .entry pipe Sloe , PS PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. KEYED NOTES 0 CONNECT TO EXISTING LANDLORD DOMESTIC WATER LINE. PROVIDE BALL VALVE AT TO SHUTOFF WATER SUPPLY TO TENANT SPACE (9 CONNECT NEW 1 -1/4" GOLD WATER LINE TO EXISTING LANDLORD GOLD WATER LINE. T.G.G. SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. O3 -COMP SINK TO BE RE -USED. GLEAN AND SERVICE TO LIKE NEW CONDITION ( 4 ) PROVIDE TEMPERATURE MIXING VALVE TO SUPPLY FIXTURE WITH IIO° WATER. 0 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ONOT USED ® PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEV WATT$ MODEL #009 R.P.Z. BACKFLOW PREVENTER, ROUTE DISCHAR OWATER HEATER AS SPECIFIED ON SHEET P1.1 PLATFORM MOUNTED ABOVE MOP SINK. 10 I I 12 13 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE. EXPANSION TANK, FDA AND ASME APPROVED FOR POTABLE WATER. ROUTE I" DRAIN LINE FROM PAN TO MOP SINK. RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE WITH FULL SIZE PIPE TO MOPSINK. ASME TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: I. PIPE SIZES FOR DROPS TO FIXTURES AND TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE 1/2" U.N.O. PROVIDE SHUTOFF BENEATH FIXTURE OR ABOVE CEILING FOR EACH FIXTURE. PROVIDE 12 "x12" ACCESS PANELS WHERE NECESSARY. 2. NO EXPOSED PIPING. 5. ALL SINKS SHALL BE DIR6CTL'f PLUMBED REMOTE PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=I'-0" w... _.........._._.. H5 -I PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER PLAN SCALE: I /4 " =1. -O" RECEIVE). CITY OF TUKtMLA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE D PERM APPROVAL REItutREQ TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as on "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. CONSULTING ENGINEER U a -a O 0 €0^ S. fp. 0 -10 -12 CITY COMMENTS Z0 _io Q 0) N N • co co= to f• • c c Nog a"4' (C LL • /� O y N CNI L c y 0 z CL) cc rn co C DATE: 5 -IS -2012 SHEET: P2.0 REMOTE PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NTS A a n \ N.k/s . .5 PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM SCALE:= =NTS 1 KEYED NOTES 0 CONNECTION TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY WASTE LINE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW IN FIELD WITH LANDLORD. CDNEW I I/4" INSULATED CONDENSATE DRAIN DOWN IN WALL TO 6" ABOVE FLOOR. EXTEND THRU FACE OF WALL TO FLOOR SINK AND DISCHARGE OPEN SITE. PROVIDE HEAT TRACE ON PIPE IN COOLER THROUGH WALL. OCONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY VENT SYSTEM OPROVIDE SGHIER MODEL NUMBER GB -15 IN- GROUND GREASE INTERCEPTOR, 15 GPM, 616 LB GREASE CAPACITY. PROVIDE VENTING AS REQUIRED. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: I. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM FOR SANITARY, GREASE WASTE AND VENT PIPING LINE SIZES. 2. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS ON RESTROOM FLOOR DRAINS. 5. PROVIDE 2" (MINIMUM) AIR GAPS FOR ALL INDIRECT WASTE DISCHARGE. 4. FOR ALL SANITARY /GREASE WASTE LINES, PROVIDE GLEANOUTS AT EACH CHANGE OF DIRECTION INDICATED ON PLANS. DIRECTIONAL CHANGES SHALL BE LIMITED TO 45 DEGREE INCREMENTS. NO 610 DEGREE SENDS PERMITTED FOR SANITARY OR GREASE WASTE LINES. 5. WHERE PLUMBING LINES ARE GRAPHICALLY SHOWN TO TEE -OFF IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OPPSET ONE TIE -IN 50 THAT A 2 MINIMUM SLOPE CAN BE ACHIEVED FROM MAIN LINE TO FIXTURE CONNECTION POINT. GREASE INTERCEPTOR CALCULATION IPC 2006 / PDI -G101 GPM # OF per FIXTURE FIXTURES fixture GPM LBS. GREASE 3- COMPARTMENT: 18 "x18 "x14" = 4,536 cu. in. x 3 1 22 22 44 compartments = 13,608 cu. in. / 231 = 58.9 gallons *.75 = 44.2 gallons capacity, 44.2 gallons at 2- minute drain down period = 22.1 gpm. POT SINK: 18 "x18 "x14" f =4,536 cu. in. / 231 = 19.7 gallons *.75 =14.7 gallons capacity, 14.7 gallons at 2- minute drain down period = 7.4 gpm. 1 8 8 16 HAND SINKS: Sink Compartment = 10"x14"x5" = 700 2 3 6 12 cu. in. / 231 =3 gallons at 1 minute drain dawn period =3gpm. MOP SINK: Sink Compartment = 24 "x24 "x12" = 6912 1 23 23 46 cr. In. / 231 = 30 gallons x.75= 23 gallons at 1 minute drain down period = 23 gpm. TOTALS 59 118 MAXIMUM SIZE TRAP BASED ON CALCULATIONS = 59 GPM. /118 LBS. USE 75 GPM INTERCEPTOR. PER PDI -G101, SECTION 8.0: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE TOTAL CAPACITY IN GALLONS OF FIXTURES BEING SERVED BY AN INTERCEPTOR CONFORMING TO THE ABOVE STANDARD RATINGS, SHALL NOT EXCEED TWO AND ONE -HALF (2 -1/2) TIMES THE CERTIFIED GALLONS PER MINUTE FLOW RATING OF THE SUBJECT INTERCEPTOR. REMOTE PLUMBING SANITARY PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=I'-0" NCO i -: 1 HS -I 1r G.I . I f � ;xNMS F5 5 -COMP FGO 0 PS FS � 1^100 , I 1 PLUMBING SANITARY PLAN SCALE: 1/4" =I -0 b1i.93 RECtiVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 112012 PERMIT CENTER PEi*���, p o; p REQuwed TCBI2007• COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications ore copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design, Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. I. a) 4•0 CO CO L ;On 0 .12 +4 us ■_ ti= tea -J1 o) fa M Cvil a Dila)) 7.1 imo 0 ij 0 CONSULTING ENGINEER as 0 0 N O ae 0 n O n _-- 16 E4: cnii) : : E 7 03 CDC° p co :I: : co to (.4 0 O xi .69 IL) n is' d 717 -0 RI LL N'tO .0 0) °a ""1 2 co '0 to °' •'+J v CO ll1. E / J MO O C 1.- O W mum I I O tea` Y O DATE: SCALE: 5- I S -2O 12 SHEET: DRAWN BY: AM P2.1 PROJECT No.: TC512007 PIPE MAY EXTEND AS WASTE OR VENT. PROVIDE CLEANOUT TEE WITH SCREWED COUNTER- SUNK ABS PLASTIC PLUG: TAPERED-THREAD WITH TFE JOINT COMPOUND. j�oma II I ^COLUMN OR PARTITION AS • . SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN: WHERE CLEANOUT TEE IS CONCEALED IN A CHASE OR PARTITION, PROVIDE A ROUND 15 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL COVER WITH BEVELED EDGES AND FLATHEAD MACHINE SCREW. CONCRETE —, - e FLOOR SLAB. CLEANOUT FACE SHALL BE WITHIN 4" OF WALL SURFACE. PROVIDE EXTENSION IF REQUIRED. HUB AT FLOOR RISER LENGTH AS REQUIRED LONG SWEEP AT END OF LINE OR COMBINATION WYE AND EIGHTH BEND IN RUN OF LINE. it I 1 1 I I _J DIRECTION OF FLOW PROVIDE WGO WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN, AND ON SANITARY WASTE BRANCHES NOT SERVED WITH A FLOOR CLEANOUT: LOCATE ABOVE FIXTURE FLOOD RIM WITHIN 4' OF FLOOR. CONSULT. LOCAL CODES FOR OTHER CO w REQUIREMENTS. WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL 5/4" X 1/2" TEE. G.W. SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION UNIT *DU 2 1/2" COPPER TUBING. ROUTE (THRU PARTITION FOR RESTROOM AND EXPOSED TIGHT TO WALL IN MAINTENANCE) BELOW FLOOR TO P -TRAPS SEE PLAN. COPPER WATER SERVICE ENTRY BALL VALVE SCALE: N.T.S. •TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH INTEGRAL BAGKFLOW PREVENTER AND VACUUM BREAKER PORT. PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS MODEL P1 -500. DISTRIBUTION UNIT TO BE MOUNTED (ABOVE CEILING IN MAINTENANCE ROOM AND TOILET ROOM) FINISH FLOOR TAPPED P -TRAP ADAPTER, PPP INC. OR EQUAL . • WASTE LINE P -TRAP TRAP PRIMER DETAIL 11/4" SCALE: N.T.S. BRONZE. BODY, SCREWED CONNECTION, — PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, SET AT 15 PSI REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE, SEE DRAWINGS FOR TYPE. 7-1 J DTP SUPPORT PIPING VIA PIPE —.- STANDS AND /OR WALL BRAGKETS•AS REQUIRED, • TYPICAL CEILING rr� STRAINER: BRONZE BODY, SCREWED, STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN, MOUNT AS REQUIRED FOR SCREEN REMOVAL. PROVIDE I" ELASTOMERIG INSULATION OVER FREEZE PROTECTION ON CONDENSATE LINE - IF/WHEN . FREEZER BOX ONLY - (ELECTRIC HEATING GABLE. IS BY OTHERS). SILICONE SEAL AROUND PIPE PENETRATION PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN TURNS AND ENDS OF PIPE CO PROVIDE TRAP AT BOTTOM OP RISER AND DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK WITH AIR.6AP OF TWO PIPE DIAMETERS. . FLOOR REFRIGERANT LINES UP TO REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF. I . --- DX .COIL 2 MAKE CONNECTION TO COIL AS REQUIRED CO NO INSULATION ON PIPE RISER WALK -IN COOLER OR FREEZER SOX SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. INSTALL PIPE HIGH AS POSSIBLE, ANCHORED TO WALL OF BOX WITH SUPPORTS AT MAXIMUM SIX FOOT CENTERS. USE TYPE . "M" HARD COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS WITH LEAD -FREE SOLDER JOINTS. SLOPE HORIZONTAL PIPE AT MINIMUM TWO PERCENT. REFER TO. LOCAL CODE FOR INDIRECT DRAIN REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE A COMPLETE FREEZE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR: CONDENSATE PIPING IN FREEZE. BOX EQUIVALENT TO RAYCHEM/TYGO. *5XL -I -CR ®120V, ISA OR #5XL -2 -CR ca. • 205/211V, ISA WITH AN OUTPUT OF .5 WATTS PER FOOT AND 40 °F START -UP' TEMPERATURE. COOLER /FREEZER CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL AIR INTAKE THREE COMPARTMENT SINK SCALE: N.T.S. ISO DEGREE ELBOW BEHIND BAGKSPLASH 6" ABOVE RIM. GLEANOUTS IN-- --�►II ENDS OF PIPE FLOOR 1T I I hY LYs" VENT IN WALL . CLEANOUT-1.- FLOW GONTRO FITTING FLOOR SINK 5- ARRANGEMENT SHOWN 15 SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS OR MEET LOCAL COPE. REQUIREMENTS. UTILIZE. HUBLESS CAST. IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTORS FOR SINK CONNECTIONS. CONNECT GREASE TRAP FROM MID POINT OF SINK: PROVIDE P -TRAP IF GREASE TRAP 15 MORE THAN 4' PROM SINK. THREE . COMPARTMENT SINK DETAIL 11/4" TYPICAL BALL VALVE: BRONZE BODY, FULL PORT, SCREWED ENDS. . FIXED AIR GAP DRAIN CONNECTION IN/DRAIN PIPING TO DRAIN TO TAIL PIECE OF LAN/. DETAIL SHOWS GENERAL SCHEMATIC REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE BAGKFLOW PREVENTER OF RPZ TYPE AND EQUAL MAKE 4 MODEL TO WATTS 0900 SERIES AS APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ONLY IF PRESSURE EXCEEDS 50 PSI - VERIFY. STRAINER AND REDUCING VALVE MAY BE INSTALLED IN VERTICAL' PIPE IF SPACE LIMITATIONS REQUIRE. IT. GLEAN STRAINER BEFORE TURNING BUILDING OVER TO OWNER. PROVIDE ANY REQUIRED CERTIFICATION OP TEST OF BAGKFLOW PREVENTER TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES. DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE ENTRY DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 9GALE: N.T.I. T.p.c. TO-PRO DE ALL PIPING RECIUIRECIFOR INSTALLATION & OPERATION' 6" snip A.L. STEEL DECK TOP BEAM C -CLAMP IF STEEL BAR JOIST' PROVIDE COPPER OR NON - METALLIC COATING WHERE HANGERS CONTACT BARE COPPER PIPE ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER FOR PIPING FOUR INCH OR LESS DO NOT HANG PIPE LARGER THAN S" FROM BOTTOM OP JOISTS. O ALL - THREAD ROD. LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR PIPE SLOPE - GLEVIS HANGER FOR PIPE OVER FOUR INCH PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL SADDLE FOR ALL INSULATED PIPE LARGER THAN 5/4 ". VERIFY INSULATION THICKNESS WHEN SIZING HANGERS. PROVIDE UPPER ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED FOR GASES NOT SHOWN HERE. DO NOT INSTALL HANGER INSIDE INSULATION OR OTHERWISE PENETRATE VAPOR BARRIER. DO NOT HANG ONE PIPE FROM ANOTHER EXCEPT IN CHASES. TRAPEZE HANGERS MAY SE USED FOR MULTIPLE PARALLEL PIPES. HANGER SPACING FOR PIPE SIZE: COPPER: 4 " =12' 5 " =II' 2- 1/2 " =10' 2 " =9' I- I/2 " =8' I- I /4 " =l' I " =6' 5/4"=.6.1/2"=5'. CAST IRON: 10' AND ONE NEAR ALL JOINTS. STEEL: 4 " =I4' S " =I2' 2- I/2 " =11' 2 " =10' I -I/2 ==1' 1 " =1' 3/4 " =6' I/2 " =5'. LOCATE HANGERS. AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TURNS AND TEES OF PIPE. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS IF REQUIRED.LOGATE HANGERS. TO TAKE LOAD OFF OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. ANCHOR WATER PIPE AGAINST SWAYING DUE TO CHANGES IN WATER vELOCITY. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING IF /A5 REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. CHAINS OR PERFORATED STRAP IRON OR STEEL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. REFER TO CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PIPE HANGER DETAIL PROVIDE GLEANOUTS IN TURNS /ENDS OF PIPE. USE DWV FITTINGS IF SIZE IS LARGER THAN I" SCALE:. N.T.S. a DISCHARGE INTO CENTER HOLE OF GRATE OF WASTE RECEPTICALE WITH AIR GAP SUFFICIENT TO REMOVE GRATE AND STRAINER. MINIMUM GAP = TWO PIPE DIAMETERS SLOPE PIPE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TOWARD DISCHARGE MAKE CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED MAKE PIPE MINIMUM ONE SIZE LARGER THAN EQUIPMENT CONNECTION, MINIMUM 5/4 ". USE "M" OR "L" HARP COPPER UP TO I° AND TYPE DM/ FOR LARGER L VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES IF /WHEN TRAP AND /OR VENT ARE REQUIRED FOR THE LENGTH OF DRAIN PIPE INSTALLED ROUTE PIPE INCONSPICUOUSLY AND UNOBTRUSIVELY. HANG PIPE AS. REQUIRED. DO NOT INSULATE INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE WHEN INSTALLED EXPOSED IN FOOD SERVICE FACILITY. REFER TO LOCAL CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. INDIRECT DRAIN DETAIL HOSE REEL . &' SERVICE. FAUCET: CHICAGO. FAUCETS Iii -WALL BLOCKING AS REOTI 4" NIPPLE iL B SHUTOFF . MIXING VALVE 4'8" CONCEALED RISER: 536-NF HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY BYT P,O; SUPPl.IEDSY T.P.P. 7 2.I SERVICE FACT WITH VACUUM BREAKER SUPPLIED BY T.P.C. 9,0P-40 MOP SINK FROM TENANT SUPPLIER HOSE REEL DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. I) [016%w 183 CITY OF TUK �I .A Jul 1 12012 PERMIT CENTER AVkE0 TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. a) a Lip .c a� ILO via • M C O V tn 43 M Cal CONSULTING ENGINEER SEATTLE, WA 98188 Dow D:5 0 0 U 0 z 0. >I i :1: U C e'NN g Eyo°'F. LL colt w CB E .4- J Z C -z ci 03 er W E 0::::: C o .y H 0 LLJ l- 0 V a DATE: 5 -I$ -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: TGBI 2007 P4.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.0 GENERAL: 1.1 ALL APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING OR RELATING TO ANY PORTION OF THIS WORK ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED INTO AND MADE A PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, AND THEIR PROVISIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BYTHE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL INFORM THE OWNER, PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, OF ANY WORK OR MATERIAL WHICH VIOLATES ANY OF THE ABOVE LAWS AND REGULATIONS. ANY WORK DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR CAUSING SUCH VIOLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED BYTHE CONTRACTOR. 1.2 INVESTIGATE EACH SPACE THROUGH WHICH EQUIPMENT MUST BE MOVED. WHERE NECESSARY, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHIPPED FROM MANUFACTURER IN SECTIONS OF SIZE SUITABLE FOR MOVING THROUGH AVAILABLE RESTRICTIVE SPACES. ASCERTAIN FROM BUILDING OWNER AND TENANT AT WHAT TIMES OF DAY EQUIPMENT MAY BE MOVED THROUGH ALL AREAS. 1.3 DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF SYSTEMS AND WORK. CONDUIT ROUTING IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY AND DOES NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS, DROPS AND RISES OF RUNS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW IN HIS PRICE FOR ROUTING OF CONDUIT TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATION WITH EXISTING SERVICES, INCLUDING THOSE OF OTHER TRADES, IS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND SPACE CONDITIONS. 1.4 INSTALL WORK SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. MINOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS MAY BE MADE TO ACCOMPLISH THIS, BUT CHANGES WHICH INVOLVE EXTRA COST SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT APPROVAL. 1.5 REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF CERTAIN EXISTING WORK MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GENERAL WORK. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS CANNOT BE COMPLETELY DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SITE AND INCLUDE ALL CHANGES AND CHARGES IN MAKING UP THE WORK PROPOSAL. 1.6 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WORK: INSTALL NEW WORK AND CONNECT TO EXISTING WORK WITH MINIMUM INTERFERENCE TO EXISTING FACILITIES. TEMPORARY SHUTDOWNS OF EXISTING O CHARGES, SERVICES SHALL BE PERFORMED AT NO ADDITIONAL AT TIMES NOT TO INTERFERE WITH NORMAL OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN CONSENT OF OWNER. ALARM AND EMERGENCY SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE INTERRUPTED. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES AS REQUIRED WITH NECESSARY TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING WORK. CONNECT NEW WORK TO EXISTING WORK IN NEAT AND ACCEPTABLE MANNER. RESTORE EXISTING DISTURBED WORK TO ORIGINAL CONDITION, INCLUDING MAINTENANCE OF WIRING CONTINUITY AS REQUIRED. 1.7 DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND /OR RELOCATE EXISTING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER WORK AS NOTED OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. 1.8 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, AND ALL PARTS OF THE BUILDING, EXTERIOR SPACES AND ADJACENT STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND PAVEMENTS, FREE FROM MATERIAL AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. EXCESS MATERIALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO ACCUMULATE EITHER ON THE INTERIOR OR THE EXTERIOR. 1.9 SEAL OPENINGS THROUGH PARTITIONS, WALLS AND FLOORS WITH MINERAL WOOL OR OTHER NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. 1.10 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING TO MAINTAIN THE WATERPROOFING INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION OR REMOVAL OF CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT CURBS AS REQUIRED. 1.11 ALL EXISTING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS TO BE REMOVED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS REQUESTED BY THE BUILDING REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT OR AS NOTED TO BE RELOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REMOVED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OF BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 1.12 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR SPECIFIED, INCLUDE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF EXISTING FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS AND OTHER MATERIALS IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THESE AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. 1.13 ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INDICATE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS SHALL NOT BE MADE FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN DURING SUCH AN EXAMINATION. THE ON -SITE INSPECTION SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDUIT (SIZES, CLEARANCES, ETC) AND CONDITIONS. 1.14 INSURANCE: IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL INCLUDE A HOLD HARMLESS CLAUSE FOR OWNER AND ENGINEER, 1.15 THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE MADE AFTER THE CONTRACTOR HAS ADJUSTED HIS EQUIPMENT, TESTED THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, DEMONSTRATED THAT IT FULFILLS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND HAS FURNISHED ALL THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL. 2.0 SCOPE OF WORK: 2.1 SCOPE OF WORK SHALL CONSIST OF PROVIDING LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES AND FEES NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE A D SAFE INSTALLATION IN CONFORMITY WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE INDUSTRY, NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND HEREIN SPECIFIED. 2.2 THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ADDITIONAL TO ARCHITECT AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERS SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DISCREPANCY OR CONTRADICTION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. 2.3 ARCHITECTS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND THEY SHALL BE APPLIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS (ELECTRICAL,ETC..). 2.4 ALL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL (NEC) CODE. 2.5 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE IN ORDER TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH CONDITIONS THAT CAN AFFECT HIS WORK IN ANY MANNER. (MEASUREMENTS - PARTICULAR CONDITIONS, ETC...) NO EXTRA COST DUE TO THE IGNORANCE OF LOCAL CONDITIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED BYTHE TENANT. 2.6 GENERAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY CHECKING AND ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS. 2.7 THE DRAWINGS SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THESE LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 2.8 GENERAL CONTRACTORS TENDER SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES, ALL DRAWINGS APPROVAL COSTS AND ALL INSPECTION COSTS REQUIRED BY ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2.9 EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE WORK IN EVERY DETAIL. EVEN THOUGH NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THIS SPECIFICATION. 2.10 THE ELECTRICAL TRADE PROVIDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE TRADE SHALL ALSO PROVIDE WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY OR REASONABLY IMPLIED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 2.11 ALL RUBBISH'S AND GARBAGE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB SITE AT THE END OF EVERY WORKDAY. AT THE CONTRACT COMPLETION, ALL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE JOB SITE SHALL BE LEFT IN A CLEAN CONDITION. 3.0 GURANTEE: 3.1 EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE HIS WORK AND INSTALLATION REGARDING HIS CONTRACT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ALL DEFECTS AND THIS DURING A TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD, STARTING AT THE PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE TENANT. AS LONG AS THE DEFECTS IS NOT DUE TO A BAD USE OR NORMAL WEAR. 4.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK: 4.1 SPECIFICATIONS ARE OF SIMPLIFIED FORM AND INCLUDE INCOMPLETE SENTENCES. WORDS OR PHRASES SUCH AS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL," "SHALL BE "FURNISH. "PROVIDE," "A," "THE; AND "ALL" HAVE BEEN OMITTED FOR BREVITY. 4.2 DEFINITIONS: 1) "PROVIDE ": TO SUPPLY, INSTALL AND CONNECT UP COMPLETE AND READY FOR SAFE AND REGULAR OPERATION THE PARTICULAR WORK REFERRED TO UNLESS SPECIFICALLY OTHERWISE NOTED. 2) "INSTALL ": TO ERECT, MOUNT AND CONNECT COMPLETE WITH RELATED ACCESSORIES. 3) "FURNISH" OR "SUPPLY: TO PURCHASE, PROCURE, ACQUIRE AND DELIVER COMPLETE WITH RELATED ACCESSORIES. 4) "WORK ": LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, CONTROLS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5) 'WIRING ": RACEWAY, FITTINGS, WIRE, BOXES AND RELATED ITEMS. 6) "CONCEALED ": EMBEDDED IN MASONRY OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES, WITHIN DOUBLE PARTITIONS OR HUNG CEILINGS, IN TRENCHES, IN CRAWL SPACES, OR IN ENCLOSURES. 7) "EXPOSED ": NOT INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR "CONCEALED" AS DEFINED ABOVE. 8) "SIMILAR" OR "EQUAL ": EQUAL IN MATERIALS, WEIGHT, SIZE, DESIGN AND EFFICIENCY OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT. 5.0 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER: 5.1 PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER SYSTEMS AT EARLIEST POSSIBLE DATE WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION AREAS FOR THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL TRADES AS HEREIN DESCRIBED. EXTEND SYSTEMS TO NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SOON AS PHYSICALLY POSSIBLE. MAINTAIN SYSTEM DURING WORKING HOURS OF ALL TRADES. COST OF ENERGY WILL BE PAID FOR BY OWNER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MAINTENANCE, INCLUDING LAMPS AND SOCKETS. 6.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 6.1 QUALITY AND GAUGE OF MATERIALS: NEW, BEST OF THEIR RESPECTIVEKINDS, FREE FROM DEFECTS AND LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC., OR OTHER NATIONALLY APPROVED TESTING AGENCY AND BEARING THEIR LABEL. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT OF SIMILAR APPLICATION SHALL BE OF SAME MANUFACTURER, EXCEPT AS NOTED: 62 GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 3.0. 6.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1) MOVING OF EQUIPMENT: WHERE NECESSARY, SHIP IN CARTED SECTIONS OF SIZE TO PERMIT PASSING THROUGH AVAILABLE SPACES. 2) ACCESSIBILITY: FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. MINOR DEVIATIONS SHALL BE PERMITTED. CHANGES OF MAGNITUDE OR INVOLVING EXTRA COST ARE NOT PERMISSIBLE WITHOUT REVIEW. GROUP CONCEALED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS WITH EQUIPMENT FREELY ACCESSIBLE THROUGH ACCESS DOORS. 6.4 MATERIALS 1) NAMEPLATES: PROVIDE BLACK LAMICOID SHEET WITH 3/4 IN. WHITE LETTERING, FASTENED WITH EP O XY CEMENT FOR EACH DISC O NNECT SWITCH, , C IR CUIT BREAKER, , PANEL, CABINET, TRANSFORMER, ENCLOSURE, MOTOR CONTROLLER AND THE LIKE. NAMEPLATES SHALL DESCRIBE THE NAME AND NUMBER OF EACH COMPONENT. 2) CABLE TAGS: TAG EACH CONDUCT O R PASSING THROUGH SPLICE O R P U LLB O X WITH A WHITE LINEN TAG, INDICATING POINT OF ORIGIN AND TERMINATION OF THE CIRCUIT. 7.0 PAINT AND FINISH: 7.1 PAINT SHALL BE THE BEST GRADE FOR ITS PURPOSE. DELIVER IN ORIGINAL SEALED CO NTAINER S AND APPLY IN AC CO RDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S IS T UC I O NS COLORS SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. UTILIZE GALVANIZED IRON PRIMER ON PANEL AND PULL BOXES, AFTER FABRICATION. UTILIZE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR DIPPED IN ZINC BASED PRIMER FOR: OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT HANGERS, RODS, INSERTS AND SUPPORTS. ZINC BASED PRIMER WITH FINISH TO MATCH SURROUNDINGS SHALL BE USED FOR MARRED SURFACES OF STEEL EQUIPMENT AND RACEWAYS. A FIELD APPLIED ZINC BASED PRIME COAT SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR STEEL OR IRONWORK. 7.2 BRUSH AND CLEAN WORK PRIOR TO CONCEALING, PAINTING AND ACCEPTANCE. PAINTED EXPOSED WORK SOILED OR DAMAGED; CLEAN AND REPAIR TO MATCH ADJOINING WORK BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. 7.3 FINAL LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING ORIENTATIONS OF ALL SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ARCHITECT. 7.4 ALL ACCESS DOOR LOCATIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8.0 LOW- VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT: 8.1 PROVIDE COMPLETE EQUIPMENT INCLUDING: SWITCHES, FUSES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, PANELS AND TRANSFORMERS.. 8.2 ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA, ANSI AND IEEE STANDARDS. 8.3 DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED OR NONFUSED AS NOTED. VOLTAGE SHALL BE AS REQUIRED. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, EXCEPT AS NOTED, AND HORSEPOWER RATED FOR MOTOR LOADS. TOGGLE TYPE SWITCHES SHALL BE NONFUSED, LOAD BREAK, HAVING MAXIMUM RATINGS OF 20 AMP AT 600 VOLTS AND 30 AMP AT 240 VOLTS. KNIFE -BLADE TYPE SWITCHES SHALL BE LOAD BREAK, QUICK -MAKE- QUICK- BREAK, UL CLASS R UP TO 600 AMP. MAXIMUM RATING EXCEPT AS NOTED SHALL BE 800 AMP. ARC QUENCHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED. SWITCHES SHALL BE SIMILAR TO GENERAL ELECTRIC QMR. ALL SWITCH ENCLOSURES SHALL BE DEAD FRONT, NEMA TYPE 1, EXCEPT AS NOTED. 8.4 FUSES: 1) CIRCUIT 601 TO 6000 AMPERES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY FUSES SIMILAR TO CURRENT LIMITING BUSSMANN LOW -PEAK TIME -DELAY FUSES KRP -C (AMP)SP, CLASS L LISTED BY UL WITH AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 300,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL. 2) CIRCUITS 0 TO 600 AMPERES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY FUSES SIMILAR TO CURRENT LIMITING BUSSMAN LOW -PEAK DUAL - ELEMENT TIME -DELAY LPN -RK ( AMP)SP (250V) /LPS -RK (AMP)SP (600V) OR LPJ ( AMP)SP (600V) (UL CLASS RK1 OR CLASS J), AND BE LISTED BY UL WITH AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 300,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL. 3) MOTOR CIRCUITS - ALL INDIVIDUAL MOTOR CIRCUITS WITH FULL LOAD AMPERE RATINGS (FLA) OF 480 AMPERES OR LESS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY FUSES SIMILAR TO CURRENT LIMITING BUSSMANN LOW -PEAK DUAL- ELEMENT TIME -DELAY LPN -RK ( AMP)SP (250V) /LPS -RK (AMP)SP (600V) OR LPJ (AMP)SP (600V) (UL CLASS RK1 OR CLASS J); AND BE LISTED BY UL WITH AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 300,000 AMPERES RMS SYMMETRICAL. 4) ALL FUSES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY SAME MANUFACTURER. 5) PROVIDE 1 SPACE MATCHING FUSE FOR EACH SET OF 3. THERMAL-MAGNETIC, 8.5 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: MOLDED CASE BREAKERS SHALL BE QUICK - MAKE - QUICK- BREAK, BOLT -ON TYPE, MANUALLY OPERATED WITH INSULATED TRIP -FREE HANDLE. MULTI -POLE TYPE BREAKERS SHALL CONTAIN INTERNAL TRIP BAR: TERMINALS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR COPPER OR ALUMINUM CABLE. FURNISH AUXILIARY DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED FOR SHUNT - TRIPPING, OPEN AND CLOSE MOTOR OPERATOR AND ALARM INDICATION. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE DEAD FRONT, NEMA TYPE 1, EXCEPT AS NOTED. FRAMES, IC AND INTERCHANGEABLE TRIPS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: 1) 120 VOLTS, 100 -AMP FRAME: 10,000 AMPS, 1 POLE. 2) 240 VOLTS, 100 AMP FRAME: 18,000 AMPS, 2 AND 3 POLES. 3) 277 VOLTS, 200 -AMP FRAME: 50,000 AMPS, 2 AND 3 POLES WITH INTERCHANGEABLE TRIP. 4) 277 VOLTS, 100 -AMP FRAME: 14,000 AMPS, 1 POLE. 5) 480 VOLTS, 100 -AMP FRAME: 20,000 AMPS, 2 AND 3 POLES. 8.6 DISTRIBUTION PANELS: SWITCHING UNITS SHALL BE 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE CIRCUIT - BREAKER TYPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PANEL SCHEDULES. BUS BARS SHALL BE HARD DRAWN COPPER, MINIMUM 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY, SILVER OR TIN - PLATED JOINTS. CABINETS SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL BACK BOX, WITH DOOR AND TRIM AND LAPPED AND WELDED CORNERS. HARDWARE SHALL BE CHROME - PLATED WITH FLUSH LOCK/LATCH HANDLE ASSEMBLY (UP TO 48 IN. HIGH DOORS) OR VAULT HANDLE, LOCK AND 3 -POINT CATCH (LARGER THAN 48 IN. HIGH DOORS). HINGES SHALL BE SEMI- CONCEALED, 5- KNUCKLE STEEL WITH NONFERROUS PINS, 180 -DEG OPENING, LOCATED A MAXIMUM 26 IN. ON CENTERS. MINIMUM GUTTER SPACES FOR LIGHTING PANELS SHALL BE 5 -3/4 IN. SIDES, TOP AND BOTTOM. DIRECTORY HOLDER SHALL BE METAL FRAME WITH CLEAR PLASTIC, TRANSPARENT COVER. A TYPEWRITTEN LIST INDICATING FEEDER CABLE AND CONDUIT SIZE, CIRCUIT NUMBERS, OUTLETS SUPPLIED AND THEIR LOCATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 8.7 TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE OPEN - VENTILATED, DRY TYPE, CLASS H INSULATION,115 DEGREE C TEMPERATURE RISE. WINDINGS SHALL BE COPPER. PRIMARY AND SECONDARY VOLTAGES SHALL' BE AS NOTED. PRIMARY TAPS (6-2 1/2% TAPS, 2 ABOVE AND 4 BELOW RATED VOLTAGE) SHALL BE PROVIDED. ADJUST FOR REQUIRED VOLTAGE. 8.8 BALANCE THE LOAD OVER PHASES WHEN NEW CIRCUITS ARE ADDED TO NEW OR EXISTING PANELS. PROVIDE MULTI -CABLE LUGS WHERE REQUIRED. DOUBLE LUGGING SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 6 FT-6 IN. FROM FLOOR TO TOP SWITCH UNIT. UPDATE DIRECTORIES ON EXISTING PANELBOARDS WHERE CIRCUITING IS CHANGED. 8.9 TESTS: OPEN AND CLOSE LOAD BREAK SWITCHING DEVICES UNDER LOAD. 9.0. RACEWAYS: 9.1 PROVIDE RACEWAYS. COMPLETE WITH BOXES, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES. CONDUIT OR TUBING SIZES REFERRED TO IN SPECIFICATIONS AND ON DRAWINGS ARE NOMINAL DIAMETERS. MINIMUM DIAMETER SHALL BE 3/4 IN. 9.2 MATERIALS 1) RACEWAYS: a. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: FULL - WEIGHT PIPE, GALVANIZED, THREADED. b. ELECTROMETALLIC TUBING (EMT): THIN WALL PIPE, GALVANIZED, THREADLESS. c. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT: CONTINUOUS SINGLE STRIP, GALVANIZED. d. WIREWAYS: WIRE SHALL BE AS NOTED, MINIMUM NO. 16 GAUGE STEEL WITH GROUND CONTINUITY. FINISH SHALL BE BAKED ENAMEL. COVERS SHALL BE SCREW -ON. e. SURFACE METAL RACEWAY: SIZE AS NOTED. BASE 0.04 IN., COVER 0.25 IN. MATERIAL SHALL BE STEEL. FINISH SHALL BE BAKED ENAMEL. COVERS SHALL BE SCREW -ON. 2) FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: a. RIGID STEEL: NONSPLIT, THREADED, STEEL OR MALLEABLE IRON.ZINC DIE CAST NOT PERMITTED. b. ELECTROMETALLIC TUBING: COMPRESSION TYPE. GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL ELBOWS, 2 IN. OR LARGER. c. FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT: ANGLE WEDGE TYPE WITH INSULATED THROAT. d. BUSHINGS: METALLIC INSULATED TYPE. 3) BOXES: a. OUTLET BOXES: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION, DEVICES OR WIRING, BOXES SHALL BE STAMPED STEEL, 4 IN. SQUARE OR OCTAGON FOR FIXTURES. BOXES ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE 1 -1/2 IN. DEEP. BOXES IN CEILING OR S SLAB SHALL BE 3 IN. DEEP. BOXES IN WALL FOR FIXTURES SHALL BE 2 -3/4 IN. DEEP. BOXES IN WALL FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES SHALL BE 1 -1/2 IN. DEEP. FURNISH WITH RAISED COVERS AND FIXTURE STUDS WHERE REQUIRED. WITHOUT FIXTURE OR DEVICE: FURNISH BLANK COVER. OFFSET BACK -TO -BACK OUTLETS WITH MINIMUM 6 IN. SEPARATION. b. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH SCREW -ON COVERS, EXCEPT AS NOTED. FURNISH WITH INSULATED SUPPORTS FOR CABLES. LOCATIONS SHALL BE AS NOTED OR REQUIRED AND ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE BARRIERS IN NEW AND RENOVATED BOXES BETWEEN 120/208 VOLT AND 265/460 VOLT WIRING AND BETWEEN EMERGENCY AND NORMAL WIRING. FLOOR BOXES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR CONDUIT AND DEVICES NOTED. TELEPHONE: BUSHED HOLE. POWER: DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OR OTHER AS NOTED. INCREASE SIZE TO SUIT AS NECESSARY c. PROVIDE RACEWAYS ONLY AS HEREIN SPECIFIED, EXCEPT AS NOTED. RACEWAYS SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED, EXCEPT AS NOTED. PROVIDE RACEWAY. SUPPORT UTILIZING CEILING TRAPEZE, STRAP HANGERS, OR WALL BRACKETS. PROVIDE U -BOLTS AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL OF RISER RACEWAYS AND CONNECTED TO ACCEPTABLE SUPPORTS. PROVIDE RISER CLAMPS AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL OF RISER RACEWAYS AND RESTING ON SLAB. FOR THROUGH-THE-FLOOR SYSTEMS, UTILIZE AN ASSEMBLY SIMILAR TO HUBBELL FIRE RATED POKE - THROUGH -FLOOR BOX SYSTEM. FOR ABOVE FLOOR FITTINGS TELEPHONE SHALL BE BUSHED HOLE AND POWER SHALL BE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OR OTHER AS NOTED. PROVIDE SEPARATION BARRIER BETWEEN POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPARTMENTS. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX ON UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR. PACK FITTING TO RESTORE FIRE RATING OF FLOOR. SECURE ALL RACEWAYS TO SUPPORTS WITH PIPE STRAPS OR U -BOLTS SPACING OF SUPPORTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FT ON CENTER FOR METALLIC RACEWAY AND AS REQUIRED FOR NONMETALLIC RACEWAY. SPACING SHALL BE 5 FT ON CENTER FOR WIREWAYS AND PER CODE AND AS NOTED FOR OTHERS. MOUNT SUPPORTS TO STRUCTURE MASONRY WITH B O LTS O N H O LL O W MASONRY, EXPANSION N SHIELDS OR INSERTS IN CONCRETE AND BRICK, MACHINE SCREWS ON METAL, BEAM CLAMPS ON FRAMEWORK, WOOD SCREWS ON WOOD, AND PAN THROUGH STRAPS IN M ETAL DECK. NAILS, RAWL PLUGS OR WOOD PLUGS SHALL NOT BEPERMITTED. WHERE REQUIRED BY STRUCTURE, FURNISH THROUGH BOLTS AND FISHPLATES. EXPOSED RACEWAYS SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO WALLS. PROVIDE CLEARANCE WITH WATER, STEAM OR OTHER PIPING (MINIMUM 3 IN. S SEPARATION FROM STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES, EXCEPT 1 IN. FROM PIPE COVER AT CROSSINGS AND 18 IN. FOR PARALLEL RUNS). FOR HUNG CEILING OUTLETS, RUN IN HUNG CEILING AND CONNECT TO CEILING SUPPORT CHANNELS. IN MASONRY AND POURED CONCRETE, RUN VERTICALLY ONLY. MAINTAIN GROUNDING CONTINUITY OF INTERRUPTED METALLIC RACEWAYS WITH GROUND CONDUCTOR, AND IN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR FEEDERS AND MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS. EMPTY RACEWAYS OVER 10 FT LONG: PROVIDE FISH OR PULL WIRE, GALVANIZED OR NYLON ROPE. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. PAINT MALE THREADS OF FIELD- THREADED CONDUIT WITH GRAPHITE -BASE PIPE COMPOUND AND BUTT CONDUIT ENDS. TOUCH UP MARRED SURFACES AND FIELD -CUT THREADS, CRC -COLD GALVANIZED. EMT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY, IN DRY LOCATIONS DRY WALLS, HUNG CEILINGS. HOLLOW BLOCK WALLS AND FURRED SPACES. EMT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN RAISED FLOORS. FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR SHORT CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IS IMPRACTICAL. FROM OUTLET BOX TO RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE: PROVIDE MINIMUM 4 FT AND MAXIMUM 6 FT LENGTHS. FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO MOTOR TERMINAL BOX, TRANSFORMER AND OTHER VIBRATING EQUIPMENT: PROVIDE WITH POLYVINYL SHEATHING AND GROUND CONDUCTOR. MINIMUM LENGTH: 18 IN. WITH SLACK. CONNECT GROUND CONDUCTOR TO ENCLOSURE OR RACEWAY AT EACH END. FOR EXPANSION JOINT CROSSINGS, CROSS AT RIGHT ANGLES AND ANCHOR ENDS. CUT CONDUIT ENDS SQUARE. REAM SMOOTH. PAINT MALE THREADS OF FIELD THREADED RACEWAYS WITH GRAPHITE BASE PIPE COMPOUND. DRAW UP TIGHT WITH RACEWAY COUPLING. ALL COUPLINGS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE. NO SET SCREW FITTINGS. EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT RIGHT ANGLES WITH CLIP JOINT CENTERED IN EXPANSION JOINT. PROVIDE A LENGTH OF RUN IN ACCORDANCE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PRESET FITTINGS SHALL ALLOW FOR TEMPERATURE VARIATION. RACEWAYS PASSING THROUGH FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION: SEAL OPENING WITH FIRE SEALANT. d. ERECT WALL AND SWITCH OUTLETS IN ADVANCE OF FURRING AND FIREPROOFING. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND TRUE WITH BUILDING FINISH. SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE BY ADJUSTABLE STRAP IRON OR GROUT IN WITH MASONRY. VERIFY OUTLET LOCATIONS IN FINISHED SPACES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OF INTERIOR DETAILS AND FINISHES. PROVIDE BARRIERS BETWEEN SWITCHES C CONNECTED TO DIFFERENT PHASES FOR VOLTAGES EXCEEDING 150 VOLTS TO GROUND. e. PANEL, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE LOCATED CLEAR OF OTHER TRADES. CONCEAL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES IN FINISHED SPACES. WHERE NECESSARY, REROUTE RACEWAYS OR MAKE OTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONCEALMENT. BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. SUPPORT BOXES FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE, INDEPENDENT OF CONDUIT. PROVIDE FLOOR-TO-CEILING CHANNELS FOR MOUNTING ON DRYWALL AND LIGHTWEIGHT CONSTRUCTION. OUTLET BOXES FOR FIXTURES RECESSED IN HUNG CEILINGS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH OPENING CREATED BY REMOVAL OF FIXTURE. SECURE TO BLACK IRON SUPPORT. MOTOR TERMINAL BOXES: COORDINATE WITH MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT AND WIRING; ADD BOX VOLUME WHERE REQUIRED. f. FIRE SEALANTS: PROVIDE FOR RACEWAYS AND WIRE PASSING THROUGH FLOOR SLOTS, SLEEVES OR OPENINGS IN FIRE - PARTITIONS ROOMS. g. PERFORM CONTINUITY TESTS OF RESISTANCE OF FEEDER CONDUITS FROM SERVICE TO POINT OF FINAL DISTRIBUTION USING 1 CONDUCTOR RETURN. MAXIMUM RESISTANCE SHALL BE 25 OHMS. 10.0 WIRE AND CABLE: 10.1 PROVIDE WIRE AND CABLE COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES. SIZE REFERENCE SHALL BE AWG EXCEPT AS NOTED. 10.2 CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, ASTM STANDARD SOLID (NO. 10 AND SMALLER) OR STRANDED (NO. 8 AND LARGER). GENERAL USE CABLING SHALL BE NO. 12 MINIMUM. AT 120 VOLTS AND OVER 100 FT CIRCUIT LENGTH PROVIDE NO. 10 MINIMUM. AT 265 VOLTS AND OVER 200 FT CIRCUIT LENGTH PROVIDE NO. 10 MINIMUM. 10.3 CONTROL AND ALARM CABLING, EXCEPT AS NOTED, SHALL BE NO. 14 MINIMUM. AT 120 VOLTS AND OVER 200 FT CIRCUIT LENGTH PROVIDE NO. 12 MINIMUM. 10.4 OTHER VOLTAGES AND PHASES: ADJUST CABLE SIZING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN VOLTAGE DROP. INCREASE RACEWAY SIZES FOR LARGER WIRE AS REQUIRED. 10.5 INSULATION SHALL BE RUBBER AND THERMOPLASTIC MEETING ASTM AND IPCEA STANDARDS. TYPE THW OR THWN SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED. TYPE SFF -2 SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS LOCATED IN WIRING CHANNELS OF CONTINUOUS FLUORESCENT FIXTURES AND IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OVER 90 DEG C. FOR UNGROUNDED ISOLATED BRANCH CIRCUITS PROVIDE CROSS - LINKED POLYETHYLENE INSULATION (TYPE XHHW). 10.6 COLOR CODING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1) 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM: BLACK FOR A PHASE RED FOR B PHASE BLUE FOR C PHASE 2) 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM: BROWN FORA PHASE ORANGE FOR B PHASE YELLOW FOR C PHASE 3) NEUTRAL WIRE SHALL UTILIZE WHITE OUTER COVERING THROUGHOUT. EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE SHALL UTILIZE GREEN OUTER COVERING THROUGHOUT. 10.7 WHERE COLOR -CODED CABLE IS NOT AVAILABLE; CERTIFY IN WRITING AND REQUEST PERMISSION TO OVERLAP CONDUCTORS WITH 6 IN. OF COLOR TAPING IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. 10.8 PROVIDE FLAMEPROOF LINEN OR FIBER TAGS IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. FOR FEEDERS INDICATE FEEDER NUMBER, SIZE, PHASE AND POINTS OF ORIGIN AND TERMINATIONS. FOR CONTROL AND ALARM WIRING INDICATE TYPE (CONTROL OR ALARM), SIZE OF WIRE, AND POINTS OF ORIGIN AND TERMINATIONS. 10.9 TERMINATIONS, SPLICES AND TAPS UNDER 600 VOLTS: COPPER CONDUCTORS NO. 10 AND SMALLER SHALL UTILIZE COMPRESSION -TYPE OF TWIST -ON SPRING - LOADED CONNECTORS AND CLEAR NYLON - INSULATED COVERING. COPPER CONDUCTORS NO. 8 AND LARGER SHALL UTILIZE MECHANICAL BOLTED PRESSURE OR HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION TYPE USING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED TOOLING. CABLE LUGS AND CONNECTORS SHALL UTILIZE COMPRESSION TYPE OF SAME METAL AS CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE TO MATCH CABLE, WITH MARKING INDICATING SIZE AND TYPE. COPPER LUG CONNECTIONS TO BUS BARS: USE ANTISEIZE COMPOUND ON TANG. 10.0 WIRE AND CABLE CONTINUED 10.10 NOT MORE THAN 3 LIGHTING OR CONVENIENCE OUTLET CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ONE CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PULL NO THERMOPLASTIC WIRES AT TEMPERATURES LOWER THAN 32 DEG. F. PROVIDE SEPARATE RACEWAYS FOR CONDUCTORS OF 120/208 AND 277/480 VOLT SYSTEMS, EXCEPT 480 VOLT MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND RELATED 120 VOLT CONTROL WIRING. THERMOPLASTIC WIRES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN COMPUTER AREA RAISED FLOORS. 10.11 LEAVE WIRES WITH SUFFICIENT SLACK TO PERMIT MAKING FINAL. CONNECTIONS. 10.12 PERFORM CONTINUITY AND INSULATION TESTS. MEGGER TEST 100 PERCENT OF FEEDERS, 10 PERCENT OF BRANCH CIRCUITS AND ALL MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 25 HP. 10.13 PERFORM TESTS PRIOR TO CONNECTING EQUIPMENT AND IN PRESENCE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES. SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORT OF RESULTS. CORRECT OR REPLACE CABLE TESTING BELOW MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. 10.14 ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING ABOVE CEILING, SHALL BE PLENUM RATED OR IN CONDUIT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY. 11.0 DEVICES: 11.1 PROVIDE COMPLETE MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES AS NOTED. 11.2 LOCAL WALL SWITCHES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE, TOGGLE, QUIET TYPE, RATED 20 AMP, 120/277 VOLT, AC. 11.3 INSERTION RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE DUPLEX CONVENIENCE 125 VOL POLE, 2 P LE 3 WIRE U GROUND SLOT. GROUNDED, SL T. GR UNDED, EXCEPT AS NOTED. MEETING NEMA STANDARDS, PUBLICATION WD-1 -1971. 1) SINGLE, EXCEPT AS NOTED: a. 20 AMP STRAIGHT BLADE, b. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, GROUNDED. 2) SPECIAL USE: NONINTERCHANGEABLE TYPES AND RATINGS. 3) CLOCKS: SINGLE REGRESSED RECEPTACLE, 5 WIRE 4) GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES: a. FEED -THRU TYPE. 11.4 DEVICE PLATES: SEE ARCHITECT FOR TYPE. FOR RECEPTACLES WITH OTHER THAN 120 VOLT, INSCRIBED VOLTAGE AVAILABLE. 11.5 COLORS: COORDINATE COLORS WITH ARCHITECT. 11.6 MOUNTING ORIENTATION OF RECEPTACLES (HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL) COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT. 12.0 LIGHTING FIXTURES: 0 12.1 PROVIDE FIXTURES ( "LUMINARES "), COMPONENTS AND LAMPS. FIXTURES SHALL BE COMPLETELY FACTORY ASSEMBLED, WIRED AND EQUIPPED WITH ALL NECESSARY SOCKETS, BALLASTS, SUPPORTING HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE DESCRIPTIONS. 12.2 FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBERS USED TO ILLUSTRATE EQUIPMENT TYPE DO NOT NECESSARILY DENOTE REQUIRED MOUNTING EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES TO SUIT. 12.3 BALLAST: CLASS P, HIGH POWER FACTOR, LOWEST AVAILABLE NEMA RATED NOISE LEVEL, ET1 AND CBM APPROVED. ENERGY SAVING TYPE. TRIGGER START FOR 24 -INCH LAMPS AND RAPID START FOR 48 -INCH. TWO LAMP BALLASTS; NO THREE LAMP BALLASTS. BALLASTS SHALL BE ADVANCE MAGNETEK, UNIVERSAL OR EQUAL. 13.0 TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEM: 13.1 PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM OF: EMPTY CONDUIT, PULL BOXES, OUTLETS, SLEEVES AND FISHWIRES. 13.2 EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF TELEPHONE COMPANY. 13.3 OUTLETS SHALL BE: 1) WALL: 4 IN. SQUARE WITH BUSHED COVER PLATE. 2) FLOOR: CAST IRON WITH LOW TENSION FITTING. 13.4 PROVIDE FISHWIRES, IN RACEWAYS OVER 10 FT LONG. 13.5 CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4 IN. MINIMUM. FURNISH EMPTY CONDUIT FROM OUTLET TO NEAREST ACCESSIBLE HUNG CEILING. (� 1$3 CITY OF TU WLA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCB1 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection Includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. w 4.0 co c 00 v • M C O 0 CIO "44 VI V sirq CD NC O tn Rs M Q 2 Ca W CONSULTING ENGINEER U 0 z • fc n 0 z m 0) coo DATE: 5-1e)-2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: TGBI2001 E1.0 — NAMEPLATE ( TYPIGAL) LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK SYMBOL MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER FIXTURE DESCRIPTION VOLT LAMP DESCRIPTION REMARKS A3 TEXAS FLUORESCENTS 131A125332MV FLUORESCENT 2x4 LAY -IN 120 (3)P32T5 WITH .125 ACRYLIC DIFFUSER / EF A3E TEXAS FLUORESCENTS 131A125332EI20 -EM FLUORESCENT 2x4 LAY -IN 120 (3)F32T8 SAME FIXTURE AS "A3" ABOVE WITH MINIMUM 10 MIN EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK -UP WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 0 B �~~~~~~�, 4 TGBY APPROVED MANUFACTURER CUSTOM MD PENDANT MOUNTED BARREL LIGHT 120 (3) 60W INCANDESCENT MOUNT BOTTOM OF SHADE AT I -O" AFF D2 Q INTENSE IFV626E 1200 IG600G 6" RECESSED DOWNLI6HT 120 (I) 26W GFL 4 -PIN WITH CLEAR REFLECTOR AND WHITE TRIM RING WITH BAR HANGERS 02E O INTENSE IFV626E -1200 EMIG600G 6" RECESSED DOWNLI6HT 120 (I) 26W GFL 4 -PIN SAME FIXTURE AS "D2" ABOVE WITH MINIMUM a0 MIN EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK -UP D3 O HORNET R -212- LED -E -WT- 120 -SP -SP -WT -3000 DUAL HEAD RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LED 120 (2) 12W LED LED DRIVER 0 o W D4 0 JUNO MOIL- 3K -FL -WH 3" MINI ADJUSTABLE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 12 5W MRI6 LED REMOTE POWER SUPPLY REQUIRED -- -- INTENSE ITM -12 -100 REMOTE 12V POWER SUPPLY -- -- 100VA - 120/12V L LED POWER 4 PHILIPS ADVANCE __ HIGH POWER LED LIGHT BAR 12 LED SYSTEM WATTS: 96 (3) AL- H13446- WARP -25, (4) AL-H1340 LTW45 "M8F -2, (6) AL -HB40 ADJ. BRACKET, (2) AL -HB4O 1-TIN 12" FE -2P, (2) PHILLIPS PS- LEDINTA0024V4IPO REMOTE POWER SUPPLY TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 12' -0" WALL /CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR P GONTEGH GR2.168 -5 TRACK 24 -- LOW VOLTAGE FLEXIBLE GABLE TRACK, MOUNT RAIL AT 1. -6" AFF: 8' L.-TRACK WITH END GAPS, CR52143 -5 GABLE CEILING CONNECTION, CRS- MA6QR -5 QUICK RELEASE ADAPTER, GRS2,45 -S TRACK INTERGONNECTIO. • • . T - - P. y - DWIRE -6M -S 61'4 LEAD WIRE, VT- 100 -24 IOOVA, 24V RE O E TRA SFOR •• PI SURFACE MOUNTED 277/450V PANEL - 3' -0" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL PER N.E.C. TGBY APPROVED MANUFACTURER CUSTOM TBD GLASS SHADE MONO -POINT PENDANT 120 60W INCANDESCENT 1 MOUNT BOTTOM OF SHADE AT 5' -6" AFF P2 AA GONTEGH CR56170R -S TRACK HEAD 24 IOW MRI6 LED SOLID SYMBOL LIGHT 15 DIRECTED TOWARD MESSAGE WALL; OPEN SYMBOL LIGHT 15 DIRECTED TOWARD TOPPING BAR XI — EXITRONIX 4000 -1^15-BL DIE CAST EXIT SIGN MULTI LED PROVIDE FACES AND MOUNTING AS REQUIRED. MINIMUM G10 MIN BATTERY BACK -UP, BLACK FINISH (VERIFY COLOR 8 QUANTITY REQ'D) X2 T EXITRONIX 4000 -WB -WW DIE CAST EXIT SIGN MULTI LED PROVIDE FACES AND MOUNTING A5 REQUIRED. MINIMUM q0 MIN BATTERY BACK -UP, BLACK FINISH (VERIFY COLOR 4 QUANTITY REQ'D) Z 0 DUAL LITE PGW INDOOR/OUTDOOR EMERGENCY LIGHT MULTI LED REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FINISHING NOTE: I. FIXTURES INDICATED WITH "NL" ARE TO BE CONNECTED TO A LOCAL CIRCUIT AHEAD OF SWITCH (HOT) FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION - NIGHT LIGHTING 2. ALL FIXTURES QUANTITIES, LOCATIONS AND MODEL NUMBERS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL: PLANS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 170 NOT ORDER FROM THESE PLANS. S COMPLY WITH NEC 410.13.6 FOR DISCOUNTING MEANS WITH APPLICABLE FOR FLUORESCENT LUMINARIES. 4. LUMINARIES TO BE SECURELY FASTENED TO FRAMING MEMBERS OF CEILING BY MECHANICAL MEANS PER NEC 410.I6C. GENERAL NOTES I. CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO EXPENSE TO OWNER. REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT AND OR ENGINEER ANY D15GREPANCIE5 WITH THE PLANS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. "NL" DESIGNATION INDICATES FIXTURE TO BE NIGHT LIGHT, CIRCUITED HOT FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION. 5. CONDUIT LAYOUTS ON THE PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, NOT INDICATING THE ROUTING REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE CONDUITS AS REQUIRED BY THE CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION. 4. ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY, ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #I2 AWG CU. MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE 5/4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ORDERING OR INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT, TO VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY ALL OTHER TRADES ARE PROVIDED FOR IN THE ELECTRICAL DESIGN. THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE COMPENSATED FOR COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH CHANGING THE ELECTRICAL. SYSTEMS TO MATCH UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT, EVEN IF THE ELECTRICAL WORK 15 INSTALLED PER THE DRAWINGS. 1. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, SYSTEMS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING AFTER INSTALLATION. COMPONENTS NOT SHOWN, BUT REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM, SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT. S. PRIOR TO TRENCHING IN ANY AREA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, GABLE TV, 6AB AND WATER UTILITY PROVIDERS AND HAVE ALL UTILITIES IN THE AREA IDENTIFIED. IN ADDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OSTAIN THE SERVICES OF A SUB - CONTRACTOR SPECIALIZING IN THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES TO IDENTIFY ANY OBSTACLES IN THE PATH OF TRENCHING (PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK). DAMAGE TO UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT. a. WHERE THE PLANS INDICATE A LIGHT FIXTURE 15 TO BE PROVIDED WITH SPECIAL FEATURES /SWITCHING (DIMMING, EMERGENCY, THREE LEVEL, ETC) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FIXTURES WITH THE APPROPRIATE BALLASTING TO ACCOMMODATE THE SPECIAL FEATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE FIXTURE AS INDICATED IN THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, WITH MODIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED PER PLAN NOTES. PANELBOARD SELF TAPPING, SCREWS ENGRAVED LAMAGOID, 5/32 INCH LETTERS PANEL "7" 04 PANELBOARD 3 IN. DESIGNATION STANDARD COLORS: I. NORMAL POWER - BLACK BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERS 2, EMERGENCY POWER - REP BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERING NAMEPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON ALL PANEL-BOARDS, STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES. PANELBOARD NAMEPLATE DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 10. WHERE PORTIONS OF A GABLE RACEWAY OR SLEEVE ARE KNOWN TO BE SUBJECTED TO DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES AND WHERE CONDENSATION IS KNOWN TO BE AN ISSUE, AS IN GOLD STORAGE AREAS OF BUILDINGS OR WHERE PASSING FROM THE INTERIOR TO THE EXTERIOR OF A BUILDING, THE RACEWAY OR SLEEVE SHALL BE FILLED WITH AN APPROVED MATERIAL TO PREVENT THE CIRCULATION OF WARM AIR TO COLDER SECTION OF THE RACEWAY OR SLEEVE PER NEC 500.1 II. WORK IN THE KITCHEN OR FOOD PREPARATION AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING : O - FINAL CONNECTION TO ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, UNLESS A CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION 15 PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. b - THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL KITCHEN FOOD SERVICE AND RELATED EQUIPMENT. G - THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP AND KW FOR ALL FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. d - PROVIDE CONDUIT SEALS FOR ALL CONDUITS ENTERING OR LEAVING WALK -IN BOXES. e - THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, ORIENTATIONS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, HP AND KW FOR ALL HVAG AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PRIOR. TO ROUGH -IN. F - THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, INTERLOCKS, CONDUIT AND WIRING AS SPECIFICALLY OUTLINED WITH -1N THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS. 9 - PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONNECTIONS INCLUDING POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO ALL WALK IN BOXES AND TO THE REMOTE COMPRESSORS. REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. h - ALL RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN KITCHENS, TOILET ROOMS, WITHIN 6 FEET OF SINKS/BASINS AND OUTDOORS SHALL BE GFGI TYPE. i - ALL. EXTERIOR DEVICES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. j - FOR EACH EQUIPMENT ITEM NOT PROVIDED WITH CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EQUIPMENT CONTAINS AN INTEGRAL UNIT SWITCH COMPLYING WITH THE NEC, ARTICLE 422 -25. IF THE EQUIPMENT HAS NO UNIT SWITCH, PROVIDE A LOCK -OFF DEVICE AT EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER FEEDING THE EQUIPMENT. X12 SAFETY WIRE TIED TO SAFETY WIRE SUPPORT HOLES FASTENED TO BLDG. STRUCTURE. MINIMUM (2) SAFETY WIRES PER LIGHT FIXTURE PLACED AT DIAGONAL CORNERS ALL WIRES ARE TO BE TAUT WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS AROUND SELF - TYPICAL EXPOSED T -BAR CEILING EXISTING STRUCTURE HILTI CC2T CLIP OR EQUAL LIGHT FIXTURE SAFETY WIRE SUPPORT HOLE, TYPICAL RECESSED FIXTURE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND tt WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT I5" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE q-., AIR HANDLER UNIT C/B DEDICATED WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT IS" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE _ D It Ig WALL MOUNTED QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Cale DEDICATED CIRCUIT ® WALL MOUNTED 205V RECEPTACLE AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ® CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR EF FLOW SWITCH CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE EMERGENCY CM O FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ©l WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 0 CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX C.' DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NEMA ENCLOSURE - SIZE A5 INDICATED ON PLANS Z_1 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NEMA ENCLOSURE - SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS 1!"1. WALL MOUNTED VOICE /DATA OUTLET AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE D WALL MOUNTED VOICE OUTLET AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Ii WALL MOUNTED DATA OUTLET AT 15" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ® FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED VOICE /DATA OUTLET ® FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED VOICE OUTLET ® FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET /0I MOTOR el CHIME 4 PUSH- BUTTON CH WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER O CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER El WALL MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET TENANT T.6.G. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR CEILING MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET W U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH 3 3 -WAY TOGGLE SWITCH 414 4 -WAY TOGGLE SWITCH 05 OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH T TIMER SWITCH M HORSEPOWER RATED MANUAL MOTOR STARTER D DIMMER SWITCH PHOTOCELL PG WALL /CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR itip SECURITY CAMERA © SURFACE MOUNTED 120/205V PANEL - 3' -O" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL PER N.E.G. RECESSED MOUNTED 120/205V PANEL - 3' -O" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL PER N.E.G. —"moll SURFACE MOUNTED 277/450V PANEL - 3' -0" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL PER N.E.C. RECESSED MOUNTED 211/45OV PANEL - 3' -O" CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF PANEL PER N.E.G. MAIN SWITCHBOARD OR DISTRIBUTION PANEL - VERIFY VOLTAGE ON RISER DIAGRAM vir A PHONE BOARD C/T CABINET CT In ELECTRIC METER - VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL UTILITY STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER - SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS T *---lif GROUND �---N. INDICATES HOMERUN �� INDICATES CIRCUIT CONTINUATION IINDICATES GROUND WIRE 1 INDICATES HOT WIRE 1 INDICATES NEUTRAL WIRE IINDICATES SWITGHLEG ,4 PANEL NUMBER } PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER INDICATOR - CIRCUIT NOTE: NOT ALL SYMBOLS OR ABBREVIATIONS MAY APPEAR ON PLANS. FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS LEGEND NOTE: ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH AND MAINTAIN THE UL LISTING OF EXISTING BUILDING FA SYSTEM. G.G. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT. (AUDIONISUAL ALARMS, SMOKE DETECTORS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED. ABBREVIATIONS A.F.F. MANUAL PULL STATION. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH JURISDICTION HAVING, AUTHORITY q-., AIR HANDLER UNIT C/B AUDIONISUAL HORN STROBE. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY _ CIRCUIT CU VISUAL STROBE. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY Cale DEDICATED CIRCUIT ® DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR ® CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR EF FLOW SWITCH FS EMERGENCY FA TAMPER SWITCH T5 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 0E EXISTING SEMI - RECESSED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN OR RELOCATED SEMI - REGE55ED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN ON NEW SEMI - RECESSED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN OE EXISTING CONGEALED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN OR RELOCATED CONCEALED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN ON NEW CONCEALED TYPE SPRINKLER TO REMAIN IFACH FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL NOTE: ALL DEVICES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH AND MAINTAIN THE UL LISTING OF EXISTING BUILDING FA SYSTEM. G.G. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT. (AUDIONISUAL ALARMS, SMOKE DETECTORS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED. ABBREVIATIONS A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHU AIR HANDLER UNIT C/B CIRCUIT BREAKER GKT CIRCUIT CU CONDENSING UNIT D DEDICATED CIRCUIT E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR E /EX EXISTING TO REMAIN EF EXHAUST FAN EM EMERGENCY FA FIRE ALARM FAGP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FLA FULL LOAD AMPS GFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HP HORSEPOWER IG ISOLATED GROUND LL LANDLORD LT6 LIGHTING . MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT NI- NIGHT LIGHT NT5 NOT TO SCALE PWR POWER R RELOCATED RTU ROOF TOP UNIT T/C TIMECLOCK TEN TENANT T.6.G. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TYP TYPICAL U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WP WEATHER PROOF XFMR TRANSFORMER LX183 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE. These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection Includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. tic). t c 4� C C ism 461 1 s .2 o t1J z tj.2 to IA co co 0 N W J Ci W awn uI- -J cej 0 cd Z U W ..I W W CONSULTING ENGINEER 0.) a 0 O cc n 4 U 0 w rnim C� ICI LIM I Q as t3. 0 V J 0 E J o C 0 U) N 0 �r• 0 0 L 0 L 0 z NN a • co co=u CO N�� CO co O co rn co 0 co H DATE 5 -I5-2012 SHEET: SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -0" DRAWN BY: AM PROJECT No.: TGBI2001 E1.1 KEYED NOTES 0 PROVIDE A SINGLE PREFAB ROOF PENETRATION WITH SLEEVE. 2 WALK -IN REMOTE COMPRESSOR ON ROOF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND 2 t.:1 DISTANCE FROM WALK -IN REFRIGERATOR: PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS THROUGH WALK -IN REFRIGERATOR AND INTERCONNECT PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS. OPROVIDE 30 AMP /2 POLE NEMA 3R NON -FUSED DISCONNECT AT REMOTE WALK -IN COMPRESSORS ON ROOF PER EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. A ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN SCALE: I/4 " =1' O" bi 83 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKVUILA JUL 1 1 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCBI 2007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C.. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetory liability. L. a 00 CO V INC 4i Cf1 3 � i 0 cu Q ; a. 43) apC mom Elm Lu ti) -1 14= VI In Imo M Q r2 CONSULTING ENGINEER a) U 0 s 0 a■ n DATE: 5--IS -2012 SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: E2.0 PROJECT No.: TGB 1200'1 POWER KEYED. NOTES O NOT USED OVERIFY ADEQUATE SIZE AND QUANTITY OF CONDUITS TO ACCOMMODATE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS AND VOICE /DATA REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. O2'x4'x3/4" THICK MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD BACKBOARD WITH FIRE RETARDANT PAINT IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING WALLS. INSTALL A #6 INSULATED GU GROUND WIRE TO THE GROUND ELECTRODE AT THE GUTTER. PER NEC 800.100(A)(1). 0 2O8V 5PH NEMA L -IS 20P POWER CORD PROVIDED WITH SOFT SERVE MACHINE. PROVIDE PROPER RECEPTACLE AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E5.0 FOR FURTHER COORDINATION. NOT USED. NOT USED PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW J -BOX, DISCONNECT AND CIRCUIT FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. SIGN UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SIGN CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FINAL CONNECTION BY TENANT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. O COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS AND CONDUIT ROUTING WITHIN MILLWORK WITH MILLWORK VENDOR. 0 PROVIDE (O•3/4 CONDUIT WITH PULL-STRING FOR TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING, FROM NEAREST ADJACENT COLUMN OR WALL, UNDER FLOOR TO POINT OF SALE SERVICE COUNTER BACK TO MANAGERS DESK. CDPROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO WATER HEATER. 0 NOT USED 13 THERMOSTAT LOCATION +48" AFF. PROVIDE CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING TO ABOVE CEILING. LIGHTING SWITCH BANK AISPAY T COUNTER Gl KITCHEN 1 42 IN. APP 2 3 KEYED SWITCHBANK NOTES INDICATES THE LIGHTING SWITCH AND CIRCUIT TO BE CONTROLLED. 4 -GANG COMMON FACE PLATE, STAINLESS STEEL, MOUNT LEVEL AND FLUSH WITH THE SURROUNDING WALL. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF CIRCUIT CONTROLLED LIGHTING KEYED NOTES O NOT USED O SWITCH BANK LOCATION. REFER TO SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. OELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. REFER TO SHEET E3.0 FOR FURTHER COORDINATION. 44 UPPER CASE LETTER INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE, REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EI.I. LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCHING, REFER TO SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. CD CDREMOTE TRANSFORMER FOR LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET EI.I FOR FURTHER COORDINATION. A' ..4- 44,4-r- ' I .«;: ». -; ; I '� / \ H!. ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: I/4 " =1' -0" ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4 " =1' -O" b(-I $3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWII .A JUL 11 2012 PERMIT CENTER TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the • copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. c oc ) u L �� s a� • 0 u S ;1 - •jr t iln ‘,9 u M< Dos ID' 0 CONSULTING ENGINEER cp a 0 z 1 1 0 0 aC E 0 MINN .G (0 J .0 ai O N ImoIllo I— a ILI I � O >" CY E LO 0 N▪ to : • � C� O O co LL 88 w Nv Z co rn M • co • '47 DATE: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: 5-IS -2012 SHEET: I/4 " =1' -O" AM TGi+312OO1 • E2.1 POWER KEYED. NOTES OI PROVIDE CONNECTION TO CONDENSATE HEAT TRACING TAPE. COORDINATE EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. LIGHTING KEYED NOTES OPROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO WALK —IN LIGHTING. LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDED BY WALK —IN VENDOR REMOTE STOCKROOM ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=11-0" REMOTE STOCKROOM ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: I/4 "= I' —O" 83 c - dFTUKU LA JUL 1 , 2012 PERMIT CENTER EEPARA, E PERM AND APPROVAL I REQUED TCBI. 2OOi COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or, monetary liability. w 410 CO CO aw e— L. oft 0 u 'lam ._ ._ wic _ a EL .1 1) w vi Ccl CC he W � a W � FEN 0 I"" W CC CONSULTING ENGINEER W U O 0 n r. 6 c osmq� 0. • ° $�°m 8t7 `wi 0 a. u. Z 0 DATE: 5- 18 -2O 12 . SHEET: SCALE: DRAWN BY: PROJECT No.: TGB I 200 E2.2 G.C. SHALL VERIFY EXISTING SERVICE FEEDERS ARE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO BE PULLED BACK TO NEW PANEL LOCATION. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW IF NEW LOCATION EXCEEDS FEEDERS LENGTH. KEYED NOTES 0 EXISTING UTILITY COMPANY INCOMING SERVICE. OEXISTING UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER OEXISTING WIRING AND CONDUIT TO REMAIN OEXISTING LANDLORD SERVICE DISCONNECT OEXISTING METER SASE AND SOCKET SERVING TENANT SPACE TO REMAIN. VERIFY EXISTING (3) #6 GU THAN AND (I) #10 GU CND. IN 3/4" COND. FEEDERS TO 6OA SERVICE DISCONNECT IN SPACE. RELOCATE DISCONNECT AS NECESSARY. OEXISTING SUSPENDED 3O KVA TRANSFORMER. RELOCATE AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW SUSPENDED CEILING. OEXISTING 100A 120 /205V RENAMED PANEL A. RELOCATE TO LOCATION INDICATED ON PLANS. 9 SI GNAGE ID VERIFY EXISTING (4) #I GU THAN AND (I) #6 GND IN I -1/2" COND. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 24/1 ASTRONOMICAL TIMECLOCK FOR TENANT LEASE LINE ROOF LINE I-"-1 ®I-1 ®141- 101 1 ®r - - - --1 I�IOI�.IOI.�.IOI.�IOI I I I I I I I I 1 I- r,- IO1x-IOI- t-IOI-,I ®I 1 LJ_ _L _LL_J_ _.L_J 1 1 I 11 1 I J_I 1 I - --I0I I L_� ^� ( I EXIST. I ^'1 Et -Li I XFMR. I LI II 0 1 t0 1RELOCATED! PANEL 'A' LJo FINISH FLOOR ELECTRICAL RISER. DIAGRAM SCALE. N.T.S. RELOCATED PANEL A Service: 120/208 Volts 3 Phase 4 Wire Cabinets: Surface Mounted Mains: 100 100A MCB Total Watts: 33,109 NEMA 1 REM CKT DESCRIPTION WATTS WIRE BKR A B C BKR WIRE DESCRIPTION WATTS CKT REM 3 1 KITCHEN LIGHTING 384 12 1/20 X 500 1/20 12 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR 972 2 LD 1500 3 TOPPINGS BAR LIGHTING 855 12 1/20 43 X 1/20 12 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR 384 4 LD 1.25 5 1, _ ; i W k 156 12 1/20 27080 X 1/20 SPARE 6 7 VAV CTRLS 500 12 1/20 X 3/20 12 SOFT SERVE MACHINE 1200 8 LD LD 9 SOFT SERVE MACHINE 1200 12 3/20 X 1200 10 11 1200 X 1200 12 13 1200 X 3/20 12 _ SOFT SERVE MACHINE 1200 14 LD LD 15 SOFT SERVE MACHINE 1200 12 3/20 X 1200 16 17 1200 X 1200 18 19 1200 X 3/20 12 WATER HEATER 1500 20 LD LD 21 SOFT SERVE MACHINE 1200 12 3/20 X 1500 22 23 1200 X 1500 24 25 1200 X 1/20 SPARE 26 27 SPARE 1/20 X 1/20 12 P.O.S. 500 28 LD TC 29 SIGN 1200 12 1/20 X 1/20 SPARE 30 31 SPARE 1/20 X 1/20 12 FOOD WARMER 996 32 LD 33 LIGHTING 96 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 FOOD WARMER 996 34 LD 35 WALK -IN LIGHTING 200 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 RECEPTS/ REMOTE STOCK ROOM 360 36 37 HEAT TRACE 250 12 1/20 X 1/20 12 COLD FOOD PAN 600 38 LD LD 39 WALK -IN FREEZER 900 12 2/15 X 1/20 SPARE 40 41 900 X 1/20 12 PHONE BOARD 360 42 LD TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'A' 11202 REMARKS TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'B' 11231 (TC) TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED TOTAL LOAD PHASE 'C' 10676 (C#) VIA CONTACTOR (LD) LOCK -ON DEVICE TOTAL LOAD ALL PHASES 33109 VA (IG) ISOLATED GROUND 91.97 AMPS (HR) HACR RATED CB (SD) SWITCHING DUTY CB ALL BREAKERS TO BE 20A BOLT-ON UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY 120/208V 3PH - 4W LOAD DESCRIPTION CONNECTED LOAD (WATTS) DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND LOAD (WATTS) DEMAND LOAD (AMPS) LIGHTING 1691 1.25 2114 6 RECEPTACLES 1220 NOTE # 1 1220 3 SHOW WINDOW REC 0 1.25 0 0 MECHANICAL 500 NOTE #2 873 2 SIGN LIGHTING 1200 1.25 1500 4 KITCHEN 23748 NOTE # 3 15436 43 WATER HEATERS 4500 1.25 5625 16 MISCELLANEOUS 250 1.25 313 1 TOTAL _ 33109 — 27080 75 NOTES: 1. 100% OF FIRST 10,000 WATTS , PLUS 50% OF REMAINING LOAD. 2. 100% OF LARGER A/C LOAD (COOLING VS HEATING, PLUS 25% OF HIGHEST LOAD. 3. PIECES OF EQUIPMENT:1 -2 = 100 %, 3 = 90%, 4 = 80%, 5 = 70%, 6 AND MORE = 65 %. P.-ir l : 3 CITY OF TUK+ILA Jul "1 12012 PERMIT CENTER SEPARA► EW PERM ^mpt R p CORED R TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE. These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. SEATTLE, WA 98188 Thti)sise L. 41111.1.i O W J W Z V la 2 Z a � ..J Q cm3 re re LU W 0� 0 G z L, z D O V 0 0 z 0 A-1-10-12 CITY COMMENTS :3: U J ON "ant IIIE IfilacLn* � co llo n l -Ng t 0 z DATE: 5-I43-20I2 SHEET: SCALE: I/4 " =1' -0" DRAWN BY: AM PROJECT No.: TGBI2001 E3.0 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DESIGNATION QNTY DESCRIPTION MODEL 1 SOFT SERVE MACHINE STOELTIN6 #F231 K3 0 NOT USED - K4 1 GOLD FOOD PAN RANDELL #99285GA K5 1 SERVER #51230 I M#10015,VAIRIMElert. SERVER #51290 LOT SHELVES WIRE SHELVES METRO RACK (VARIES) K9 LOT WIRE SHELVES+:. METRO RACK (VARIES) K10/II 2 5/5 WORK TABLE JOHN BOOS ST6R5- 2436SSK K12 LOT DRY WIRE SHELVES METRO RACK (VARIES) KI3 LOT WALL WIRE SHELVING METRO SMART WALL K14 I `F3tWOMP eS'INK= EXISTING '044114 PRE -RINSE UNIT EXISTING ICSE I PRE -RINSE ACCESS. EXISTING KI15I I LEVER WASTE EXISTING KITGI I a€i'I''NV'L'E ve 1!4MP S INK JOHN BOOS 15244 -ID24L 1r84+ I FAUCET T -5 BRASS 80231 K18/11 I LEVER WASTE T -5 BRASS B3#152 K 18 = I HAND SINK JOHN BOOS P51.4S- W -141OP Kl9 0 NOT USED - K20 IK204 0 NOT USED - 0 NOT USED - K21 I E .COR BEVERAGE AIR I rat9001M#0012113L2 0.44 BEVERAGE AIR I WAIL TWVOIMER NORLAKE #NL1142'7615A -A IINI ADVANCE TABGO #9- OP -40 -K -245 ASS I SIDE SPLASH <34 GENERAL NOTES I. CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL ALL /ANY REQUIRED BACKING PER PLAN INCLUDING BACKING FOR ALL SHELVING, MILLWORK WALL HUNS ITEMS PER SPECS. 2. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLANS FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS EXISTING DEMISING WALL -� KI3 ADJACENT TENANT KI5 6.G. TO PROVIDE WALK -IN COOLER TO WALL CLOSURE DETAIL PER MFR. OF WALK -IN K5 00 .o o KI5 EXISTIN6 STRUCTURAL• COLUMN - 1848 1848 STORAGE ROOM 103 WALK —IN COOLER MALL K52 EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL FIXTURE PLAN - REMOTE STOCK ROOM K10 /I I DRAINBOARDS, UTENSIL RACKS, OR TABLES LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE ALL SOILED AND CLEANED ITEMS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NECESSARY UTENSIL HOLDING'... BEFORE CLEANING AND AFTER SANITIZING. WAREUVASHING /DISHWASHING SINK OMPARTMENTS SHALL BE LARGE NOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE MMERSION OF THE LARGEST QUiPMENT AND UTENSILS. ESTROOM & KITCHEN HAND WASH SINKS SHALL BE QUIPPED TO PROVIDE WATER AT TEMPERATURE OF AT LEAST 100 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT THROUGH A IIXING VALVE OR COMBINATION FAUCET. SELF CLOSING OR METERING FAUCETS SHALL. PROVIDE A =LOW CF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 SECONDS. ood equipment that is certified for sanitation by n American National Standards Institute (ANSI)- ccredited certification program will comply with he food code equipment & utensil material, • nstruction and design requirements. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER MIN. 24" DEEP X 36" LONG AT 34" H16H A.F.F. E ADVISED THAT THE NEW WASHINGTON TATS FOOD CODE REQUIRES OMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION TO HOLD FOOD AT 41 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR BELOW I!! (DOWN FROM 45 DEGREES) LOCKERS OR OTHER SUITABLE FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE ORDERLY STORAGE OF EMPLOYEES' CLOTHING AND OTHER POSSESSIONS. APPROVED SUBJECT TO ORDINANCE JUN 2 9 ZU1Z altlt.Seattle County 121, 5086', P+R DO'Zo OT WATER GENERATION AND ISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE UFFICiENT TO MEET THE PEAK HOT WATER DEMANDS THROUGHOUT THE OOD ESTABLISHMENT. - I' -O" LUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED, : ONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED tCCORDiNG TO LAW (APPLICABLE LOCAL, TATE AND FEDERAL STATUES, EGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES) • • FOOD SERVICE OPERATION AREA FLOORS, FLOOR COVERINGS, WALLS, WALL COVERINGS, AND CEILINGS SHALL L BE DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED SO THEY ARE SMOOTH, DURABLE AND EASILY CLEANABLE A PREOPERATIONAL INSPECTION BY TiE KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO OPERATION. APPLICANT PLAN SET IS REQUIRED TO BE AVAILABLE ON SITE DURING THAT INSPECTION, 00D, FOOD PREPARATION AND FOOD 'ERVICE-EQUIPMENT STORAGE AREAS RE PROHIBITED UNDER SEWER LINES HAT ARE NOT SHIELDED TO NTERCERT POTENTIAL DRIPS. MALL MIM MN" WM, MEP WIMP ONO SALES KS K3 ADJACENT TENANT HAND SINK I LARGE 4 I SMALL CUP DISPENSER AND I NAPKIN DI SPENSER5 FLOOR SINK FLUSH W/ FLOOR K13� EXISTING DEMISING WALL 'NEINg400f S Ii*1K° i!11 441WITSR,KHEAtrER FLOOR SINK FLUSH W/ FLOOR BACK ROOM EXISTING STRUCTURAL UM :A5 2: C' KI'i Ku-1 K11 HAND SINK K101 KIS KISA ADJACENT TENANT FIXTURE / EQUIPMENT PLAN KI5 EXISTING DEMISING WALL SCALE: 1/4" = I' -O" 1 TCB12007 COPYRIGHT NOTICE: These drawings and specifications are copyrighted and subject to copyright protection as an "architectural work" under sec. 102 of the copyright act, 17 u.S.C. As amended december 1990. The protection includes, without limitation, the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces, and elements of the design. Under such protection, unauthorized use of these drawings and specifications may result in cessation of construction, building seizure, and /or monetary liability. 4+ co C pp %.• � 00 0 a 0 v ±a. liz O J h rj M tril Z g d W ce Lim CONSULTING ENGINEER z 0 to DATE: 9926 KEVIN T. EVERNHAM STATE OF WASHINGTON 5 -25 -2012 SHEET: